Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

Service Manual: Trinitron Color TV

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 152

SERVICE MANUAL BX1 CHASSIS

MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

KV-14CT1B RM-W100 FR SCC-U89C-A

KV-14CT1E RM-W100 ESP SCC-U91C-A

KV-14CT1K RM-W100 OIRT SCC-U92C-A

KV-14CT1U RM-W100 UK SCC-U93B-A

TRINITRON COLOR TV
®

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title Page Section Title Page

CAUTION & WARNING ....................................................... 3 4. DIAGRAMS


SPECIFICATION & WARNING (UK only) .......................... 3 4-1. Block Diagram .......................................................... 27
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ........................................ 4 4-2. Circuit Board Location ............................................. 28
4-3. Schematic Diagram ................................................... 28
1. DISASSEMBLY 4-3-1. C Board .......................................................... 29
1-1. Rear Cover Removal ................................................... 7 4-3-2. A Board – Processor (Block A) ..................... 30
1-2. Speaker Removal ........................................................ 7 4-3-3. A Board – Audio (Block B) ........................... 32
1-3. Service Position .......................................................... 7 4-3-4. A Board – Power Supply (Block C) .............. 34
1-4. Chassis Assy Removal ................................................ 7 4-3-5. A Board – Deflection (Block D) .................... 36
1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ......................................... 7 4-3-6. A Board – Tuner (Block E) ............................ 38
1-6. A Board Removal ....................................................... 7 4-3-7. A Board – Jack, Scart Terminal (Block F) .... 40
1-7. Picture Tube Removal ................................................. 8 4-4. Voltage List and Waveforms ..................................... 42
4-5. Printed Wiring Boards and Parts Location ............... 45
2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 4-6. Semiconductors ......................................................... 48
2-1. Beam Landing ............................................................. 9
2-2. Convergence .............................................................. 10 5. EXPLODED VIEWS
2-3. Focus Adjustment ..................................................... 12 5-1. Chassis ...................................................................... 50
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustment ....................................... 12
2-5. White Balance Adjustement ..................................... 12 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ......................................... 51

3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS INSTRUCTION MANUAL


3-1. Adjustment With Commander .................................. 13
3-2. Adjustment Item Table ............................................. 14
3-3. T-Mode ...................................................................... 24
3-4. TT-Mode ................................................................... 24
3-5. T-Cyan Mode ............................................................ 24
3-6. Sub Brightness Adjustment ...................................... 25
3-7. Sub Contrast Adjustment .......................................... 25
3-8. Sub Color Adjustment .............................................. 25
3-9. Tuner AGC Adjustment ............................................ 25
3-10. Deflection Adjustment .............................................. 26

CAUTION ATTENTION

SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND THE APRES AVOIR DECONNECTE LE CAP DE’LANODE,
ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR THE COURT-CIRCUITER L’ANODE DU TUBE CATHODIQUE ET
CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVAL OF THE CELUI DE L’ANODE DU CAP AU CHASSIS METALLIQUE DE
ANODE CAP. L’APPAREIL, OU AU COUCHE DE CARBONE PEINTE SUR LE
TUBE CATHODIQUE OU AU BLINDAGE DU TUBE
CATHODIQUE.
WARNING !!
ATTENTION !!
AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING
ANY SERVICE WORK TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD AFIN D’EVITER TOUT RISQUE D’ELECTROCUTION
DUE TO LIVE CHASSIS, THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECEIVER IS PROVENANT D’UN CHÁSSIS SOUS TENTION, UN
DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE POWER LINE. TRANSFORMATEUR D’ISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILISÈ LORS
DE TOUT DÈPANNAGE LE CHÁSSIS DE CE RÈCEPTEUR EST
DIRECTMENT RACCORDÈ Á L’ALIMENTATION SECTEUR.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING !!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARKED ! ON ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS Á


THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE LA SECURITÈ!!
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL FOR SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÈS PAR UNE TRAME ET PAR UNE
NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN MARQUE ! SUR LES SCHÈMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES
SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. EXPLOSÈES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT D’UNE
IMPOR-TANCE CRITIQUE POUR LA SÈCURITÈ DU
FONCTIONNEMENT,
NE LES REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPSANTS SONY DONT
LE NUMÈRO DE PIÈCE EST INDIQUÈ DANS LE PRÈSENT
MANUEL OU DANS DES SUPPLÈMENTS PUBLIÈS PAR SONY.

–2–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

CAUTION

Lead Free Soldered Boards


The circuit boards listed below (Table 1) may have been processed using Lead Free Solder. The boards are
identified by the LF logo . e.g A,C board (see example).

Board Function
A ONE CHIP PROCESSOR, DEFLECTION,
POWER SUPPLY, AUDIO, TUNER, IF,
JACK,SCART TERMINAL
C RGB AMP

(Table 1)

example 1 (A Board) example 2 (C Board)

The servicing of these boards requires special precautions to be taken as outlined below:
1. It is strongly recommended to use Sony Approved Lead Free Solder material in order to guarantee optimal
quality of new solder joints.
2. Due to higher melting point of Lead Free Solder, the soldering iron tip temperature needs to be set to chip
(350 degree centigrade) and lead component (380 degree centigrade) for not more than 4 seconds. This requires
soldering equipment capable of accurate temperature control coupled with a good heat recovery characteristics.

WARNING
(FOR EUROPE MODEL WITH “U” (UK) ONLY)
(KV-14CT1U only)

The flexible mains lead is supplied to connected a B.S. 1363 fused plug having a fuse of 5 AMP rating. Should the
fuse need to be replaced, use a 5 AMP FUSE approved by ASTA to BS 1362, i.e one that carries the
T mark.
ASA

IF THE PLUG SUPPLIED WITH THIS APPLIANCE IS NOT SUITABLE FOR THE OUTLET SOCKETS IN YOUR
HOME, IT SHOULD BE CUT OFF AND APPROPRIATE PLUG FITTED. THE PLUG SEVERED FROM THE MAINS
LEAD MUST BE DESTROYED AS A PLUG WITH BARED WIRES IS DANGEROUS IF ENGAGED IN A LIVE
SOCKET.

When an alternative type of plug is used, it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the circuit should be
protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.

How to replace the fuse?


Open the fuse compartment with
a screw driver blade and replace
the fuse.

–3–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

The units in this manual contain a self diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will automatically
begin to flash. A description of the self-diagnosis function is explained in the instruction manual. The number of times the
STANDBY (1) indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. If an error symptom cannot be reproduced,
the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and
how often these problems occur.

1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS

When an errors occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of the
problem. If there is more than one error, the indicator will identify the first of the problem areas.

Result for all of the following diagnosis items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”.

Diagnosis No. of timer Self-Diagnostic Probable Cause Detected


Item STANDBY (1) display/ Location Symptoms
Description indicator flashes Diagnosis result

Power does Does not light – • Power cord is not plugged • Power does not come on.
not turn on in. • No power is supplied on
• Fuse is burned out (F600) TV.
A board. • AC Power supply is faulty.
+B overcurrent 2 times 2:0 • H OUT (Q805) is shorted. • Power does not come on.
(OCP)* or (A board) • Load on power line is
2:1 ~ 255 • IC751 is shorted. (C board) shorted.
V-Protect 4 times 4:0 • +13V is not supplied. • Has entered standby state
or (A board) after horizontal raster.
4:1 ~ 255 • IC804 is faulty. (A board) • Vertical deflection pulse is
stopped.
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is shorted.
IK (AKB) 5 times 5:0 • Video OUT (IC1545) is • No raster is generated.
or faulty. (A board) • CRT Cathode current
5:1 ~ 255 • IC001 is faulty. (A board) detection reference pulse
• Screen (G2) is improperly output is small.
adjusted.**
HV Protect 8 times 8:0 • IC604 faulty. • No power supply to CRT
or • IC602 faulty. ANODE.
8:1 ~ 255 • No RASTER is generated.

* If a +B overcurrent is detected, stoppage of the vertical deflection is detected simultaneously. The symptom that is
diagnosed first by the mirco controller is displayed on the screen.
** Refer to Screen (G2) Adjustment in this manual.

–4–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

2. DISPLAY OF STANDBY (1) INDICATOR


FLASH COUNT Diagnostic Item Flash Count*
+B overcurrent 2 times
V-Protect 4 times
IK (AKB) 5 times
HV Protect 8 times

* One flash count is not used for self-diagnosis.


Lamp ON 300ms
Lamp OFF 3 sec
Lamp OFF 300ms

STANDBY u indicator

3. STOPPING THE STANDBY (1) INDICATOR FLASH


Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY (1)
indicator from flashing.

4. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY


For errors with symptoms such as "power sometimes shuts off" or "screen sometimes goes off" that cannot be confirmed,
it is possible to bring up past occurrences of failure on the screen for confirmation.

[To Bring Up Screen Test]


In standby mode, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially in rapid succession as shown below:

Display / Channel 5 / Volume / Power / TV


˘
Note that this differs from entering the service mode (volume [+]).

The following screen will be displayed indicating the error count.

ERROR MENU
2: 0
3: N/A
4: 0
5: 1 Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected.
8: 0
Numeral "1" means the number of a fault occurrence (1 ~ 255).

101 : N/A

–5–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

5. HANDLING OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY


Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic screen
during repairs. When you have completed the repairs, clear the result display to “0”.

Unless the result display is cleared to “0”, the self-diagnosis function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after
completion of the repairs.

[Clearing the result display]


To clear the result display to “0”, press buttons on the remote commander subsequent as shown below when the
self-diagnostic screen is being displayed.

8/-

[Quitting Self-diagnostic screen]


To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the remote commander or the main unit.

6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT

A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD


IC001 IC804 IC001 IC003
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE V.OUT SYSTEM MEMORY

FROM SDA1
C BOARD 84 IK F.B-PLS 3 13 99 5 SDA
IC751 PIN 5 V.GUARD

A BOARD RED LED 122


FROM 32 EHTO
DISPLAY
Q804
COLLECTOR

[+B overcurrent $OCP%] Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 32 of IC001 (A board).
If the voltage of pin 32 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go to
standby.

[V-PROTECT] Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 13 of IC001
(A board).

[IK $AKB%] If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will be
detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.

[HV PROTECT] Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to
improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture will
be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.

* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)

–6–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY

1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL 1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL

1 Rear cover

Two screws
(+BVTP 3 x 12)

2 Six screws
(+BVTP 4 × 16)

1-3. SERVICE POSITION 1-4. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL

1-5. TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL 1-6. A BOARD REMOVAL

1 One screw
(+BVTP 4 × 16)

2 Terminal
bracket Bracket, FBT A Board

–7–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

1-7. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

Note:
• Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom
right and left.
1) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.
2) Removal the rear cover.
3) Unplug all interconnecting leads from the Deflection Yoke, Degaussing Coils and CRT grounding strap.

4 Anode Cap Removal


qs Screw, Tapping 5 + Crown Washer
qa Earth Coating Assy

8 Loosen the Neck Assembly


fixing screw and removal
9 Degaussing Coil Removal (x1)

5 C Board Removal

8 Support, CRT(14) Removal (x2)

0 Spring Tension Removal

7 Chassis Assy Removal


6 Loosen the Deflection Yoke
fixing screw and remove

• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP

Note:
• After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT
shield or carbon paint on the CRT.

• REMOVING PROCEDURES c

anode button
a
the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by
turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the
direction of the arrow c.
1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction
indicated by the arrow a. • HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP
1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with
sharp shaped objects.
2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to
damage the inside of anode-cap.
b
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is
b built into the rubber.
3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard.
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage
the rubber.

2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the di-


rection indicated by the arrow b.
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from

–8–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 2
SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS

• The following adjustments should be made when a Perform the adjustments in the following order :
complete realignment is required or a new picture tube is 1. Beam Landing
installed. 2. Convergence
3. Focus
Set the controls as follows unless otherwise noted: 4. Screen (G2)
VIDEO MODE .................................................. STANDARD 5. White Balance
PICTURE CONTROL .......................................... NORMAL Note : Test Equipment Required.
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL .................................... NORMAL 1. Pattern Generator
2. Degausser
3. DC Power Supply
4. Digital Multimeter
5. Oscilloscope
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Preparation: 7. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners,
In order to reduce the influence of geomagnetism on the use a magnet to correct if. (see figure 2-1-3)
set's picture tube, face it east or west. Switch on the set's
power and degauss with the degausser.
Purity control
corrects this area.
2-1. BEAM LANDING Disk magnets or rotatable
disk magnets correct these
Picture Mode : LIVE areas (a-d).
b a
1. Input a white signal with the pattern generator.
Set the contrast and brightness to normal.
c d
2. Set the pattern generator raster signal to a green raster.
3. Move the deflection yoke to the rear and adjust with the
purity control so that the green is at the centre and the Deflection yoke positioning
blue and red take up equally sized areas on each side corrects these areas.
of the screen. (see figure 2-1 and figure 2-1-1)
b
Purity control
c

Figure 2-1 Figure 2-1-1 Figure 2-1-3

4. Move the deflection yoke forward and adjust so that the Caution:
entire screen is green. (see figure 2-1-2) High voltages are present on the Deflection yoke
terminals. Take care when handling the deflection yoke
whilst carrying out adjustments.

Blue
Red

Green

Figure 2-1-2
5. Switch the raster signal to blue, then red and verify the
condition.
6. When the position of deflection yoke have been
decided, fasten the deflection yoke with the screws and
DY spacers.

–9–
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

2-2. CONVERGENCE 4. If the H.STAT variable resistor cannot bring the red,
green and blue dots together at the centre of the
Preparation: screen, adjust the horizontal convergence with the H.
• Before starting this adjustment, adjust the focus,
STAT variable resistor and the V.STAT magnet in the
horizontal size and vertical size.
manner given below.
• Receive dot/hatch signal.
(In this case, the H.STAT variable resistor and the
• Picture Mode : MOVIE
V.STAT magnet influence each other, so be sure to
perform adjustments while tracking.)
(A) Horizontal and Vertical Static Convergence

Centre dot
R Purity BMC
G
B
R G B BMC (Hexapole)
Purity

V. STAT
H. STAT VR Magnet

DY pocket
C Board
V.STAT

RV750
V.STAT

1. (Moving vertically), adjust the V.STAT magnet so that


the red, green and blue dots are on top of each other at Operation of V.STAT magnet.
ther centre of the screen. If the V.STAT is moved in the "A" and "B" arrows, the red,
2. (Moving horizontally), adjust the H.STAT VR control so green and blue dots moves as shown below.
that the red, green and blue dots are on top of each
other at the centre of the screen.
3. BMC (Hexapole)Magnet A B
If the red, green and blue dots are not balanced or
B B
aligned then use the BMC magnet to adjust in the
manner described below.
G G

B G R R G B R G B
R R

Moved RV750 H.STAT the red, green and blue dots move
as shown below.

A B
R B R G B B G R
G R G B G
R B

– 10 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

5. Layout of each control. H-TILT correction can be performed by adding a TLH


correction assembly to the Deflection Yoke.

V.STAT Purity 8. YCH Adjustment


BMC (Hexapole)

YCH VR
Deflection Yoke

9. TLV Adjustment

6. Geometry Adjustment.
TLV VR
Preparation: Deflection Yoke

Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal and


vertical static convergence.
a) Remove the deflection yoke spacer. 10. Screen Corner Convergence.
b) Tilt the deflection yoke as indicated in the figure below If you are unable to adjust the corner convergence
and optimise the geometry. properly, this can be corrected with the use of Piece
Tilting the DY up and down will balance the upper and A(90) Conv. Correct.
lower pin adjustment.
Tilting the DY left and right will balance the H-Trap
adjustment.
c) Re-install the deflection yoke spacer.
b a

a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence

, c d

,
,
, Install the Piece A(90) Conv. Correct
assembly for the area that needs correcting.

a
b
, Tilt Direction
7. H-TILT Adjustment

Piece A(90) Conv. Correct


4-094-690-01
Deflection Yoke

d c

Convergence adjustment with


Piece A(90) Conv. Correct

TLH pieces

– 11 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT 2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT


1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. 1. Enter into Service Menu.
2. Set Picture Mode to PERSONAL. 2. Input white pattern signal.
3. Adjust focus VR to obtain the best focus at the centre of 3. Set picture to PERSONAL mode.
the screen. 4. Select WHBL "RDRV" and fix the value to 25 hex.
4. Change the receiving signal to white pattern and blue 5. Adjust WHBL "GDRV" and "BDRV" and adjust the data
back. for best white balance in highlight condition.
5. Confirm magenta ring is not noticeable. In case 6. Adjust WHBL "BKOR" and "BKOG" and adjust the data
magenta is very obvious, adjust the focus VR to take for best white balance cut-off condition.
balance of magenta ring and focus. 7. Set the offset settings for LIVE and GAME mode as
stated in the table 1 below:-

OFFSET TABLE (Table 1)


Live T Personal T Game
Adjusted value +2 BKOR (adjusted) Adjusted value
Adjusted value -3 BKOG (adjusted) Adjusted value
25hex RDRV (25hex) 25hex
Adjusted value +2 GDRV (adjusted) Adjusted value -2
Adjusted value +4 BDRV (adjusted) Adjusted value -6

FOCUS

SCREEN

FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T802)

2-4. G2(SCREEN) ADJUSTMENT


1. Input a dot signal from the pattern generator.
2. Set the Picture, Brightness and Colour to minimum.
3. Apply 165V DC from an external power supply to the
R,G and B cathodes of the CRT.
4. Adjust brightness to obtain cathode value to value
below.
5. Whilst watching the picture, adjust the G2 control
[SCREEN] located on the Flyback Transformer to the
point just before the flyback return lines disappear.

Cathode setting voltage:


165 V ± 2 (VDC) – 14"

– 12 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 3
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS

3-1. ADJUSTMENT WITH COMMANDER


Service adjustment to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-W100.

a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE


With the unit on standby, press the following sequence of buttons on the remote commander.

/ Display / Channel 5 / Volume [+] / Power / TV

'TT – –' will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
Other status information will also be displayed.
b. Press 'MENU' on the remote commander to obtain service menu on the screen.

GEOM
WHBL
SADJ
YC
SYNC
PICT
SW
VIF

c. The screen only displays 8 items at one time. To move to the corresponding item use the up down buttons on
the remote commander.
d. Press the right / left button or ENTER button on the remote commander to enter into the required item.

Item
Name Range Data

HPOS (0,63) 52
HPAR (0,63) 40

e. The screen only display 12 items at one time. To move to the corresponding item use the up down buttons on
the remote commander.
f. Press right to increase or left to decrease the data.
g. Press the 'MENU' button on the remote commander to quit from Service Menu. Screen will still display 'TT – –'. To exit
from 'TT – –' menu, press 0 twice, 'TEST', 'TV' or switch the TV into standby mode.

Note:
• After carrying out the service adjustments, to prevent the customer accessing the 'Service Menu' switch the TV set
OFF and then ON.

– 13 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
3-2. ADJUSTMENT ITEM TABLE

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common 50 60 w50 w60
Category No Name Dec Dec
GEOM 000 HPOS 031 063 Horizontal Shift (HS) 50/60/w50/w60(+ JPN RGB) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31
001 HPAR 031 063 Horizontal Parallelogram 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
002 HBOW 031 063 Horizontal Bow 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
003 VLIN 031 063 Vertical Linearity 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31

RM-W100
004 VSCR 031 063 Vertical Scroll 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
005 HSIZ 031 063 EW Width (EW) 50/60/w50/w60(+ JPN RGB) 31 31 31 31
006 EWPW 031 063 EW Parabola/Width (PW) 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
007 UCOP 017 063 EW Upper Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 17 17 17 17
008 LCOP 017 063 EW Lower Corner Parabola 50/60/w50/w60 17 17 17 17
009 EW T Z 031 063 EW Trapezium 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
010 VSL P 031 063 Vertical Slope (VS) 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
– 14 –

011 VSIZ 015 063 Vertical Amplitude 50/60/w50/w60 15 15 15 15


012 SCOR 014 063 S-Correction (SC) 50/60/w50/w60 14 14 14 14
013 VPOS 031 063 Vertical Shift (VSH) 50/60/w50/w60 31 31 31 31
014 HBL 000 001 RGB Blanking Mode 50/60/w50/w60 01 01 01 01
015 WB F 007 015 Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF) 50/60/w50/w60 09 09 09 09
016 WBR 007 015 Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR) 50/60/w50/w60 10 10 10 10
017 SBL 000 001 Service Blanking none 00
018 COPY 000 001 Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area none 00

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Live GAME MOVIE/ LIVE GAME MOVIE/ Other RGB YUV Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode
(COOL other) (WARM other) PERSONAL (COOL RGB) (WARM RGB) PERSONAL 0 1 2 3
(NEUTRAL (NEUTRAL (LIVE) (MOVIE) (GAME) (PERSONAL)
Category No Name Dec Dec other) RGB)
WHBL 000 BKOR 031 063 Black Level Offset R col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) TV-Processor 31 31 31 31 31 31
001 BKOG 031 063 Black Level Offset G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 31 31 31 31 31 31
002 RDRV 037 063 White Point R col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 37 37 37 37 37 37
003 GDRV 037 063 White Point G col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 37 37 37 37 37 37
004 BDRV 037 063 White Point B col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others) 37 37 37 37 37 37
005 LPG 000 001 RGB Gain Preset none 00
006 PGR 031 127 Preset Gain R (PGR) none 45
007 PGG 031 127 Preset Gain G (PGG) none 45
008 PGB 031 127 Preset Gain B (PGB) none 45
009 GNOF 000 015 Preset Gain Offset none CCC loop 08
010 SBRT 031 063 Sub-Brightness Others/RGB/YUV 34 30
011 SBRO 000 003 Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 00
012 EGL 000 001 Enable Gain Loop CCC System none 00
013 SGL 000 003 Selection of High Current in CCC System none 00
014 AKB 000 001 Black Current Stabilization none 00
015 CBS 000 001 Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting none 00
016 RGBB 000 003 RGB Blanking none 00
017 BLBG 000 001 Blanking of Blue &Green Output none 00
018 OFB 000 001 Black Level Offset Blue none 00
019 NSBR 000 015 Non-Standard Brightness Offset none 05
020 WBP 000 003 Color Temp setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low) Picture Mode 00 01 02 01

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common 50pal 50pal 50secam 50secam 60TV 60Video 50RGB 60RGB Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode Pic mode TV-IP Video RGB TV Video
– 15 –

(TV) (Video) (TV) (video) 0 1 2 3 ON Wide Wide


Category No Name Dec Dec (LIVE) (MOVIE) (GAME) (PERSONAL)
SADJ 000 PMAX 063 063 Picture Maximum (TV/Video)*(Normal/Wide)/<Normal/Wide> (+ JPN RGB) TV-Processor 34 34 26 26
001 SHUE 007 015 Sub-Hue TV/Video 07 08
002 SSHP 015 063 Sub-Sharpness TV/Video/YUV (+ JPN RGB) 23 31 10
003 SSHO 000 003 Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 03
004 SCOL 031 063 Sub-Color 50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/
24 28 24 28 22 26 28 26
60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB
005 SCOO 000 003 Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic) none 02
006 PIC 031 127 Picture Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid), Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
63 35 38 55
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
007 COL 031 127 Color Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid), Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
36 31 31 31
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
008 BRT 031 127 Brightness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid), Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
31 35 31 31
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
009 HUE 031 127 Hue Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid), Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
31 31 31 31
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
010 SHP 031 127 Sharpness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid), Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
35 28 31 31
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
011 PECO 002 003 Picture data in power save mode Picture Mode* (Eco std/Eco much)
(valid for JAPAN only)
012 PRLV 002 003 Coefficient of power save mode (valid for JAPAN only) Eco std/Eco much

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

RM-W100

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Others PAL(TV) NTSC(TV) SECAM PAL NTSC SECAM S-INPUT SECAM NTSC TV
(TV) (Video) (Video) (Video)
Category No Name Dec Dec
YC 000 PFRQ 000 003 Peaking Center Frequency and Delay TV-Processor 00
001 RPA 001 003 Ratio Pre & Over Shoot TV/other 02 01
002 RPO 002 003 Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks TV/other 01 01
003 YDLY 012 015 Y-Delay (PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT 06 06 06 05 05 05 05
004 CMAT 000 003 PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix (JPN RGB) 00
005 ACL 001 001 Automatic Color Limiting 01
006 CB 000 001 Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency valid only with TV (*Video : 0 fix) 00
007 SBO 001 003 SECAM Black Offset 01
008 CHSE 001 003 PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity 02
009 CLO 000 001 Center Frequency of Cloche (Bell) Filter 00

RM-W100
010 CTRP 000 001 Chroma Trap Mode SECAM/others 00 01
011 BPS 000 001 Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line NTSC/others 00 00
012 FCO 000 001 Forced Color On 00
013 TINT 031 063 Base-Band Tint Control YUV/Others 31
014 TUV 000 001 Tint Control on UV Signals 00

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common 50 60 Others TV-IP Video Teletext TV-IP No Signal
ON OFF
Category No Name Dec Dec
– 16 –

SYNC 000 SYS 000 001 Synchronization on YSYNC Input TV-Processor 00


001 FO 000 003 Phase 1 Time Constant TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) 00 03 01 03 00
002 VID 000 001 Video Ident Mode 50/60 00 00
003 FSL 000 001 Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync 00
004 SSL 000 001 Slicing Level Sync Separator 50/60 00 00
005 SVID 001 007 Source Selection for Video Identification YUV/Others 00
006 FORF 000 003 Forced Field Frequency 03
007 MVK 000 001 Macro Vision Keying 01

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common Others RGB Picture: TV TV Video Video Color Temp Color Temp Color Temp Color Temp
Live (Live) (Others) (Live) (Others) (COOL) (Others) (Warm) (Neutral)
Category No Name Dec Dec
PICT 000 CADL 007 015 Cathode Drive Level TV-Processor 03
001 CFA 000 003 Comb Filter Mode 01
002 SOC 002 003 Soft Clipping Level 02
003 PWL 001 001 Peak White Limiting Switch 01
004 WHTL 006 015 Peak White Limiting 07
005 GA M 001 001 Gamma 01
006 WTS 001 003 Gamma Control and White Stretch Live/Others 00 01
007 TFR 000 001 DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal Live/Others (+ JPN RGB) 00 01
008 COR 003 003 Coring (TV/Video)*(Dyna/others) 02 02 00 01
009 CORO 000 001 Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic) 01
010 BKS 003 003 Black Stretch RGB/others 02 02
011 AAS 001 001 Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch 01
012 DSK 000 001 Dynamic Skin Control 00
013 BLS 000 001 Blue Stretch col temp (HIGH/OTHERS) 01 00
014 NBLS 000 001 Operation Blue Stretch Circuit 00
– 17 –

015 NRR 000 001 Non Red Reduction col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL) 01 00 00

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common TV Video
Category No Name Dec Dec
SW 000 CV2 000 001 CVBS2 Input Signal Selection TV-Processor 00
001 SVO 001 003 Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48 TV/Video/YUV 01 01

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
002 DFL 000 001 Flash Protection 00

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

RM-W100

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No Name Dec Dec
VIF 000 OIFD 036 063 Offset IF Demodulator TV-Processor 36
001 AGCT 031 063 AGC Take-over 36
002 ST M 000 001 Search Tuning Mode 01
003 GD 000 001 Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal 00
004 AGCS 001 003 IF AGC Speed 00

RM-W100
005 FF I 000 001 Fast Filter IF PLL 00
006 OAMP 003 003 Video Output Signal Amplitude (only L & L'System) 03
007 VAI 000 001 System I Output Signal Amplitude Correction (only L & L'System) 01

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
– 18 –

Category No Name Dec Dec


SDEM 000 FMWS 000 003 Window Selection for FM Demodulator TV-Processor 02
001 QSS 001 001 Quasi Split Sound (QSS)Amplifer Mode (except GA Model) 01
002 BPB 000 001 Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter 00
003 AMLO 000 001 Audio Output Signal for AM Sound 00
004 HPVC 000 001 Head Phone Volume Control 00

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No Name Dec Dec
TXT 000 TXV 039 063 Teletext Vertical Position for Philips Text Decoder 37
001 THD 005 127 Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift 05
002 TBR 004 01 5 Teletext RGB Brightness 08

TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common 50 60
Category No Name Dec Dec
OPTM 000 ASHT 006 007 auto shut off timer (data*5 min) 06
001 OSDB 000 015 OSD Brightness MMR/Micro 60h 03
002 OSDH 005 015 OSD Horizontal Position MMR/Micro 60h 06
003 OSDV 037 063 OSD Vertical Position 50/60 MMR/Micro 60h 61 33
004 MUTE 000 001 No Signal Mute Switch (1 = enabled) 01
– 19 –

005 RFUL 015 015 RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh) 04
006 RFLK 015 015 RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh) 00
007 AVUL 015 015 AV Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0Fh) 04
008 AVLK 015 015 AV Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0Fh) 00
009 LANG 000 003 OSD language shipping condition 00
010 HTXT 000 001 sync separator sw TV-Processor 00

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
011 CMSS 000 001 Sync sw TV-Processor 01
012 DCXO 127 255 DCXO Offset from Flash Value SFR/Micro 60h 70
013 EXBL 000 015 Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise 07

014 TSYS 000 003 Memorize TV System in NVM at Test Reset (GA Model) 00

015 TVOU 001 001 TV out mute condition 0:Always Mute Off, 1: Mute without 01
signal (EURO Model)

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.

RM-W100

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
TVJ Functionality Initial Range Function Table & Note Device Name Common
Category No Name Dec Dec
OPTB 000 IALL 000 001 Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM) 00
001 OPB1 000 255 Option 1 (System related) *
002 OPB2 000 255 Option 2 (Video Signal related) *
003 OPB3 000 255 Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related) *

RM-W100
004 OPB4 000 255 Option 4 (Miscellaneous) *
005 OPB5 000 255 Option 5 (Miscellaneous) *
006 OPB6 000 255 Option 6 (OSD Language related) *
007 BSWT 000 015 Band Switch Wait Time (not memorized in NVM) 00

• shaded items are adjustable data.


• no data.
– 20 –

* refer page 21-23 for data.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

NOTE
• shaded items are adjustable data.
• no data.
• Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and
for each mode.
• Note for Different Data: Those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of
the modes are stored respectively in the memory. In case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data
value is necessary for some items.

OPTION NOTE
OPB1
Item SPEED SEARCH M/N L' L(Euro), M(GA) B/G I D/K DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 94
KV-14CT1U 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 96
KV-14CT1E 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 69
KV-14CT1K 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 69
SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search) 00 = disabled (original cycle speed),
01 = 4 time speed from the original,
10 = 6 time speed from the original,
11 = 8 time speed from the original
TV System Selection 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

OPB2
Item D1 AV Multi/PAM(GA) Component Composite (SCART) SECAM Color decording DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 12
KV-14CT1U 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 12
KV-14CT1E 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 12
KV-14CT1K 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 12
D1 (D1 Terminal) 0 = not available, 1 = available
AV Multi/PAM (AV Multi Terminal) – JP 0 = not available, 1 = available
Portable Audio Mode – GA 0 = not available, 1 = available
Component (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) 0 = not available, 1 = available
Composite (No. of Composite Terminals) 00 = no composite terminal(Euro : no Scart) BX1L: No Video
(SCART) (No. of SCART Terminals) 01 = 1 composite terminal (Euro : 1 Scart) BX1L:2 Video in
10 = 2 composite terminal (Euro : 2 Scart) BX1L:3 Video in
11 = 3 composite terminal (Euro : no terminal BX1L: 4 Video in)
SECAM (SECAM Color System) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Color decording (Color Crystal Selection) 00 = PAL/NTSC/SECAM (Multi), 01 = NTSC (3.58MHz)
10 = PAL/NTSC/SECAM (4.43MHz), 11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)
OPB3
Item HDEV NICAM ST NICAM BI A2 ST Thai Bilingual JP/US ST Korean ST MONO DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01
KV-14CT1U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01
KV-14CT1E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01
KV-14CT1K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01
HDEV (High Deviation Mode) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM ST (NICAM Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
NICAM BI (NICAM Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
A2 ST/BI (A2 [West German] Stereo/Bilingual) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Thai Bilingual (A2 [Thai] Bilingual) or Force SAP if JP/US ST is active 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
JP/US ST (JP/US Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Korean ST (Korean Stereo) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
MONO (Monaural Model) 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model, 1 = Monaural Model

– 21 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

OPB4
Item Firmware/SMAT 1 spk Models VM Equalizer Surround V-Chip TOP TEXT DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 65
KV-14CT1U 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 65
KV-14CT1E 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 65
KV-14CT1K 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 65

Firmware (SSD Firmware Downloading) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled


SMAT Surround Matrix 0 = Active, 1 = Passive
1 spk Models 1 Speaker Models 0 = 2 or 3 Speakers Models, 1 = 1 speaker Models
VM (Velocity Modulation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Equalizer (5-band Equalizer Model) 0 = Bass/Treble Model, 1 = Equalizer Model
Surround (US/GA Surround Selection) 0 = Off/Simulated/Surround,
1 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround (US)
1 = Off/Simulated/SRS(3D)Surround (GA)
V-Chip (V-Chip Model) 0 = Channel Block Model (no rating)
1 = Parental Control Model (rating)
TOP (Forced TOP) 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP
TEXT (Teletext Model) 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model

OPB5
Item Full Surround No Surround Forced 60 ASD Tilt IP Plus IP Wide DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-14CT1U 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-14CT1E 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
KV-14CT1K 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 79
Full Surround (Full Surround option - no for euro model) 0 = Normal surround model,
1 = Full surround model (Off/simulated/surround/SRS/WOW/TruSurround
No Surround (No Surround Model) 0 = Surround Model, 1 = Non-Surround Model
Forced 60 (Forced 60Hz in no signal) 0 = 50Hz, 1 = 60Hz
ASD (Automatic Standard Detection) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Tilt (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP Plus (Intelligent Picture Plus) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
IP (Intelligent Picture) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Wide (Wide Mode/V-Compressed) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

– 22 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

OPB6
Item GA US Latin Feature 2 Feature 1 OSD Language Selection DEC
KV-14CT1B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01
KV-14CT1U 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 03
KV-14CT1E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
KV-14CT1K 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 02
GA US (US Model Destination) 0 = US/Canada/Latin,
1 = Taiwan/Korea/Philippine
Latin (US Model Latin Destination) 0 = US/Canada (No Volume Figure Display)
1 = Latin (Volume Figure Display)
Feature 2 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = Comb Not available
1 = Comb Available
Feature 1 (Temporary for BX1L) 0 = PiP Not available
1 = PiP Available
OSD Language Selection US 01xx = French,
(English always available except JP) 0x1x = Spanish
0xx1 = Portuguese

US (GA NTSC) 1x1x = Complicated Chinese,


1xx1 = Korean

GA 1xxx = Simplified Chinese,


x1xx = Arabic,
xx1x = Thai
xxx1 = Vietnamese

EU 0000 = Destination ADE


0001 = Destination BL
0010 = Destination KR
0011 = Destination U

– 23 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-3. T-MODE: 48 Set NVM as non-virgin


T-Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' button once, 49 Set NVM as virgin
OSD 'T' appears. The function described below are 61 Auto AGC Adjustment
available by selecting the indicated keys. The 'T' is released 64 RGB priority (toggle)
automatically after each command is executed. On: FS input (Pin 16)is always active
Off: FS input is active only in AV1 (Scart)
KEY T-MODE FUNCTION 65 RGB Auto Detection (Toggle)
volume + volume maximum Auto: AV1 or RGB is automatically selected at
volume – volume minimum the change of AV input to AV1 (Scart) by user or
mode Pin 8
picture + picture maximum
Off: AV input toggle has AV1 and RGB
picture – picture minimum
respectively (TV --> AV1 --> RGB --> AV2 -->...)
colour up colour maximum
67 Manual AGC Adjustment
colour down colour minimum
71 Force PAL Video
brightness-bright brightness maximum
72 Un-force PAL (cancel the function above)
brightness-dark brightness minimum
73 Enable Zweiton D/K2 System (6.5/6.74)
hue-purplish hue-purplish (only stereo)
hue-greenish hue-greenish 74 Enable Zweiton D/K3 System (6.5/5.74)
sharpness-sharp sharpness maximum (only stereo)
sharpness-soft sharpness minimum 78 Balance Full Left (only stereo)
balance left balance full left (only stereo) 79 Balance Full Right (only stereo)
balance right balance full right (only stereo) 81 Auto NICAM DCXO calibration (only stereo)
treble up treble maximum (only stereo) 87 Local Keys Test
treble down treble minimum (only stereo) 93 Set 16:9 zoom mode
bass up bass maximum (only stereo) 95 Set 4:3 Zoom Mode
bass down bass minimum (only stereo) 99 Display Error and Working Time Menu

To release the 'TT-Mode', press 0 twice, press 'TEST',


3-4. TT-MODE: press 'TV' or switch the TV into standby mode.
TT-Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' button twice,
OSD 'TT – –' appears. The function described below are 3-5. T-Cyan MODE:
available by pressing two digits.
T-Cyan Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' and 'Cyan'
00 Exit from TT mode keys. T-Cyan is basically for white balance and geometry
01 Set Picture Level to Maximun adjustments. The functions described below are available
by pressing the indicated keys.
02 Set Picture Level to Minimum
In T-Cyan Mode a single 'T' is displayed in cyan colour. To
03 Set Volume to 35% release from this mode, press the 'TV' key once.
04 Set Volume to 50%
05 Set Volume to 65% KEY T CYAN FUNCTION
06 Set Volume to 80% 1 Pin Amplitude –
07 Ageing Mode On 2 Vertical Centre –
08 Shipping Condition 3 Pin Amplitude +
11 Sub Picture Adjustment 4 Vertical Centre –
12 Sub Colour Adjustment 5 Vertical Size +
13 Sub Brightness Adjustment 6 Horizontal Centre +
14 Text H Position Adjustment 7 Horizontal Size –
15 Rotation Coil Test 8 Vertical Centre +
19 Factory Mode Enable/Disable 9 Horizontal Size +
21 Destination ADEKR 0 Vertical Size –
22 Destination BL Volume + Upper Corner Pin +
24 Destination U Volume – Lower Corner Pin +
31 Auto Shutoff Disable/Enable Programme + Upper Corner Pin –
33 Rotation On/Off Programme – Lower Corner Pin –
41 Re-initialise NVM Cyan Bow –
43 Select Dual A Sound (only stereo) Yellow Pin Phase –
44 Select Dual B Sound (only stereo) Green Bow –
45 Select Mono Sound (only stereo) Red Pin Phase +
46 Select Stereo Sound (only stereo) Video Vangle +
Information Vangle –

– 24 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-6. SUB BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT 3-8. SUB COLOUR ADJUSTMENT


1. Input a PAL monoscope pattern. 1. Receive a PAL colour bar signal.
2. Go to Test Mode. 2. Connect an oscilloscope to Pin 2 of CN004(A board).
3. Press 'Test' 'Test 13' on the Remote commander. 3. Enter into the Service Menu.
PICTURE MINIMUM, BRIGHTNESS 50% 4 Set PICT 06 "WTS" to 00.
4. Select WHBL "SBRT" by pressing right or left 5. Adjust SADJ "SCOL" data so that the cyan, magenta
button and adjust "SBRT" data. To adjust the data, and blue colour bars are equal level.
again press right to increase or left to decrease the
data until there is barely a difference between 0 IRE same level
and 10 IRE signal levels.

3-7. SUB CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT


1. Select Video Mode. B-Out Waveform
2. Input PAL Colour Bar to TV set.
3. Set the following condition:
PICTURE 100%, COLOUR 0%, BRIGHTNESS 50% 3-9. TUNER AGC ADJUSTMENT
(IN PERSONAL MODE)
Note: There should be no need to adjust the AGC as this
4. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004.
is pre-adjusted during manufacturing. If the AGC
5. Enter Service Menu.
does need adjustment then follow steps 1 to 4 as
6. Set PICT 03 "PWL" to 00 and WHBL 17 "BLBG" to 01.
below.
7. Select SADJ "PMAX" with right or left button of the
commander then adjust VR within spec with right or 1. Receive a signal of 61dBuV/75ohm terminated via the
left button. tuner antenna socket.
2. Connect a voltmeter to the AGC pin 5 of CN904 (mount
side of A board).
3. Confirm that the AGC voltage is 3.2volts +/–0.5volts.
VR 4. If adjustment is required, then re-adjust the AGCT in
service menu to obtain a voltage of 3.2V +/–0.5V.

PIN 5
VR = 1.38 ± 0.03 Vp-p
(Difference is within 30mV)

8. Set "PWL" and "BLBG" back to initial data respectively.

OR

1. Input a video signal that contains a small 100% white


area on a black background.
2. Connect a digital voltmeter to pin 10 of J751 (C board).
3. Adjust the sub-contrast ("TT11") to obtain a voltage of [ Print side of A board ]
81+/–5V.

– 25 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-10. DEFLECTION ADJUSTMENT Vertical Amplitude (VSIZ)

1. Set the TV mode to normal (4:3).


2. Enter into the 'GEOMETRY' service menu.
3. Select and adjust each item in order to obtain the
optimum image. (see table below)
Vertical Linearity (VLIN)
4. Repeat the above for 16:9.

GEOMETRY
Remark
HPOS (0,63) Adj Horizontal Shift S-Correction (SCOR)
HPAR (0,63) Adj Horizontal Parallelogram
HBOW (0,63) Adj Horizontal Bow
VLIN (0,63) Adj Vertical Linearity
VSCR (0,63) 31 Vertical Scroll
HSIZ (0,63) Adj EW Width
Vertical Shift (VPOS)
EWPW (0,63) Adj EW Parabola/Width
UCOP (0,63) Adj EW Upper Corner Parabola
LCOP (0,63) Adj EW Lower Corner Parabola
EWTZ (0,63) Adj EW Trapezium
VSLP (0,63) 31 Vertical Scope
VSIZ (0,63) Adj Vertical Amplitude Horizontal Shift (HPOS)
SCOR (0,63) Adj S-Correction
VPOS (0,63) Adj Vertical Shift
WBF (0,63) 06 Timing of Wide Blanking
WBR (0,63) 06 Timing of Wide Blanking
EW Width (HSIZ)

EW Parabola/Width (EWPW)

EW Trapezium (EWTZ)

EW Upper Coner Parabola (UCOP)


EW Lower Coner Parabola (LCOP)

Horizontal Parallelogram (HPAR)

– 26 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AC in ~ CISPR
220 ~ 240V 50Hz 30V
MAIN
Power
IF Supper +B line
1.8V
FSS TUNER VIF SAW RESET
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM

3.3/5V 8V AUDIO VCC


SIF SAW
AGCin
STBY
3.3V 1.8V 5V 8V
(MONO MODELS)

Relay
12C 5V 30V DGC

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


VIF & SIF De-emphasis
POWER RGB Amp KR
31.AGCout DGC RELAY 115
KB
RGBout
RGBout 85 ~ 87 KG
116.Mode 1
Mode 1 Color YUV IK 84
CV 55.CVBS3 RGB IK
L AV1 Decoder Processor
53.INL3 23.VD+
SCART 1 G R
B RGB 78~80.RGB3
V-out HV
IN R 22.VD-
V+, V-
FBLK 77.SCARTFBL
TVout
TVout 64.CVBS0 ROT CTRL 112
ROT SW 113
Rot. Cct*
Lout Audio Amp 39. MONO OUTL ONE CHIP *Except 14"
On/Off

– 27 –
Micro 21.EWD +/-15V
SECTION 4
DIAGRAMS

Jungle EW, Hd Pin out


Text 67.HOUT H-drive
V-chip Hp Hout
66.AFC H-out
32.EHTO EHT, ABL FBT
feedback
83.ABL

AV2 CV 51.CVBS2/Y2
L AV2 Audio Amp
IN R 49.INL2 L 3W
I/O port SCARTHPL 62

Front Input
A
D DAC
PLL C 1ch
10.Xtalin
24.576MHz AUDIO MUTE 106 mute
2ch R 3W

119.KEY
97.SIRCS
99.SDA1
108,109,SCLO,SDAO
102.B INT
122~3.RED LED,GREEN LED
11.Xtalout AUDIO STBY 105 (2 Spk model only)
stdby

LED
HP
Key buttons B-INT ATT

IIC Device
SIRCS

NVM
RM-W100
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

C board

A Board

4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM


Note: Reference information
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. RESISTOR : RN METAL FILM
• All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise noted. : RC SOLID
• All resistors are in ohms. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ : FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
• Indication of resistance which does not have rating electrical : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
power is as follows. : RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
Pitch: 5 mm : RW NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND
Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) :✽ ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR
• : nonflammable resistor. CAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM
• ¢ : internal component. : PS STYROL
• : panel designation or adjustment for repair. : PP POLYPROPYLENE
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B : PT MYLAR
unless otherwise noted. : MPS METALIZED POLYESTER
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. : MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
• Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter.
: ALB BIPOLAR
• Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise
: ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
noted.
: ALR HIGH RIPPLE
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
• All voltage are in Volt.
• ✽ : Cannot be measured. Note: The component identified by shading and mark
• Circled numbers are waveform references. ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part
• : B +bus. number specified.
• : B –bus.
• k : signal path.
Note: “A” board schematic diagram is divided into 6 blocks.
Each block is named by its function and block “alphabet”.
Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx
eg: Processor (Block A)
(eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection.
Joint connection between boards can be identified using
the block alphabet followed by sequence numbering.
Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this eg: -<HOUT-DEFL (A10) To D11
model. Meaning: Block A joint A10 is connected to Block D joint
D11

– 28 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
I

J
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
1

C
RGB AMP FV ! R795 1 1000V
J751 100K
SOCKET CRT 1/2W CN704
FPRD 1P
To G2
2

1 GND
1 R773 C752
GND 13 3 560k R760 4700p
XX C754 2kV
4 1/2W

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


D750 4.7 E
4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram

FPRD 250V
11 5 GP08D
1 200V

RCV
10 6
D780 9 8 7 R774 L780 2 NC
1SS133T-77 150 22uH
3 GND
3

PROT 3W
RV750 RS 4 H1
110M 5 NC
4 5 R781 L781
3 0.47 XX CN703
R757 2W 5P
D781 1k WHT
1SS133T-77 R756 1/2W
IC751 1k To A Board(Block D)
PROT 1 2 TDA6108A 6
4

RGB-OUT 1/2W R758 CN801


C782 1k
KG KB G2

– 29 –
1000 JW1781 1/2W

GND
IK
R OUT
G OUT
B OUT

VDD

B IN
PICTURE

G IN
R IN
CN701 R783 B 5.0MM JW1782
100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L782 TUBE
7P R766 5.0MM
1/2W XX R764 XX A34LRG70X
WHT
R767 R763 100 L783 H
100 1/2W JW1783 !
To A Board XX 1/2W XX
CN004 FPRD D755 5.0MM
5

C788 R768 HV
GND 1 XX XX D754 R765 HSS82-TJ R794
HSS82-TJ 100 0.47 CV KR G1 G4
B 2 C789 PROT D756 1 GND
R754 XX
1/2W HSS82-TJ
G 3 680 CN705
R-OUT C787 C751
R 4 CHIP 1000p C753 10 1P
GND 5 R752 R753 500V XX 250V To Earth Coating Assy
680 C790 680 JW702
1K 6 CHIP XX R780
XX CHIP
6

9V 7 470k
L750 R786 R777 R775 C786 1/2W
XX XX R784 XX XX 1000 C781 FPRD
XX CHIP CHIP B 250V
C759 4.7
XX
50V R785 R778 R713
CH XX XX 0
CHIP CHIP
Q701 C783 R776
D782
7

XX 1000 XX
IK-BUFFER UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP
PROT B
B-BX1s11532-...-C..-14CT
RM-W100
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-2. A Board – Processor (Block A)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

MOMUTE-AUDIO (A7) To B8

MONSW-MONO (A8) To F25


PWR-OFF-MUTE (A1) To B6

5V (A4) To C9,D12,E16,F1
To B14,B4,C8,D14,E13,F6

HOUT-DEFL (A10) To D11


+B (A9) To C11,D15,E11

LSR-AUDIO (A12) To B3
LSL-AUDIO (A13) To B2
AFC-DEFL (A11) To D2
CN004 CN007

3.3V (A3) To C1,D18

D1_JP/MODE2_EU/
SDA-0 (A5) To E14
XX

SCL-0 (A6) To E15


XX
WHT WHT CN009
To CN701 To CN905 XX
(C Board) (Block F) YEL

U OUT / FB
9V (A2)

4 VM OUT
CN003

Y IN / G

U IN / B
V IN / R
G OUT

Y OUT

V OUT
B OUT

R OUT
XX

GND

GND

GND

GND

3 GND
GND

GND
WHT

2 NC
9V

1 +B
IK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
V-IN
B A C005

Y-IN
C006 100 R377

Y-OUT
100 16V U-IN XX
16V 9V CHIP
PROCESSOR (BLOCK A) 3.3V

D066 L003 5V
10uH R
GP08D R394
4.7k
C004 CHIP

U-OUT
V-OUT
100 G
16V
C068
XX
B F

C097

C D058
MMDL914T1
G-MUTE
D057
MMDL914T1
XX
F
R-MUTE C071
Q001 C099
5V

5V XX XX
UN2211 Q010
RGB-MUTE(SPOT) F F
XX
C051 VM BUFFER
C098 XX
XX

V IN
D006 F
C001 D059 D024 XX F 5V
C003 D008

U IN
100p MMDL914T1 UDZSTE-179.1B PROTECTION
CH 100p B-MUTE XX
IC003 PROTECTION D007 PROTECTION
CH
R004 CAT24WC16JI-TE13 C015 D002 XX D009 D005

D004

PROT
NVM XX D003 D025 D075
PROTECTION XX XX

XX
100 MMDL914T1 UDZSTE-179.1B UDZSTE-179.1B
CHIP 3.3V POWER SUPPLY MMDL914T1 PROTECTION PROTECTION
SCARTFBL/A16 (A14) To F16
5

To E6 (A62) SECAM L-L D067 5V POWER SUPPLY L006 D023 R364 C056
UDZSTE-179.1B
D 10uH L035 PROTECTION 1k 100 R317
3
7 6

XX CHIP
CN005 R002 IC002 D056 C025 10uH C030 C037 3.3k
C010 C026 16V

Y IN
RPM7240-H5 MMDL914T1
2

100 L007 CHIP

R039 100 CHIP


4.7
3P CHIP 470p 47 0.22 C028 0.22
IC RECEIVER PROTECTION CH 16V 0.1 16V 10uH R356
L005
WHT C096 C054
8

35V 0 CHIP
R331
B:CHIP 16V B:CHIP C036 C302
2.2 0.1 0.1 10uH
To Top Switch C318 R360 B:CHIP 100 C092 C094
0.1 R006 100 C038 16V 0.1 16V 16V R058
XX 3.3V 0 L031 16V 0.1
F
0.1
16V C053 16V B B
GND 1 16V C002 CHIP CHIP 10uH 16V B 0.022 B 100
B CHIP VCC OUT R042 B
470 2.2k 25V R056 CHIP W003
2 1

NC 2 R393 16V GND C023


R385
CHIP 100 B 100
KEY 3 0.47 C093 R059
100 D055 R038 CHIP R384 C095 CHIP XX R395
C008 100 R041 0.1
B_INT

CHIP 10V C301 100 R386 0.1 100k TP04


UDZSTE-175.6B 47 R361 R363 D054 Q016 CHIP 100 470p 100 16V 16V CHIP CHIP
XX 0 TP03 B:CHIP CHIP CH
CHIP CHIP B B
PROTECTION 35V UN2211 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
JR1010 CHIP CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B
R323
VDDADC(1.8)

VDDA(1.8)

ABL
XX
VREFAD_PO

VDDA(3.3V)

B-Y/BIN
Y/GIN
PROTECTION R010
VREFAD_NE

GND3

YOUT
SCARTFBL

VM
VDDA2

R-Y/RIN

VIN
VOUT

VDDCOMB
VSSADC

GNDA
VREFAD

UOUT

YIN
UIN
YSYNC
IK

VSSCOMB
VP3

HOUT
AFC
G OUT
R OUT

R362 C009
B OUT

100 W004
CHIP R003 R001 XX 10k
4.7k 4.7k XX CHIP CHIP
CHIP CHIP B 97 SIRSC CVBS0 64 CVBSO (A15) To F17
CHIP R020
E To F27(A61)B_CLK
R099
220 CHIP
L011 100 CHIP
10uH C021 100p
CH
SCL1
99 SDA1
100 VDDC2
9 7
98 SCARTHPR 63
SCARTHPL 62
LSR 61
SCARTHPR (A16) To F18
SCARTHPL (A17) To B1,F19 JW1088
C312 C012 5 XX
101 VSSC2 8 6 LSL 60
1000 0.22
To F29(A60) B_INT C1 59 C1 (A18) To F8
16V R012 R337 470 103 B INT
102
R096 R324 R336 C011 B C313 JW1089
B_DAT 220 CHIP 3.3V D1_JP/MODE2_EU/MONSW-MONO CVBS1/Y1 58 CVBS1/Y1(A19) To F10
To F28 (A59) B_DAT R014 2.2k 4.7k CHIP XX 1000 B 2.2k CHIP 104 XX
MOMUTE-AUDIO INR1 57 INR1 (A20) To F12 JW1090
R097 100 CHIP B B CHIP
To B7 (A58)AUDIO-STDBY 105 AUDIO STDBY INL1 56 INL1 (A21) To F11 XX
220 CHIP CHIP R339 100 CHIP JW1091
106 AUDIO MUTE CVBS3 55 CVBS3 (A22) To F13
R338 D071 R030 R029 R341 INR3 XX
100 CHIP 100 CHIP
107 HD SW 54 INR3 (A23) To F15
R340 4.7k MMDL914T1 100 CHIP R018 108 SCL0 INL3 53 INL3 (A24) To F14 JW1092
10k CHIP PROTECT R015 R322 L009 D069 100 CHIP 109 IC001 XX
SDA0 C2 52 C069 JW1093
CHIP C020 D068 1.5k 4.7k C091 10uH C090 XX TDA11020H/NIA000AK 0.1 16V XX
2

0.1 RN-CP 100p 110 VDDP(3.3V) CVBS2/Y2 51 CVBS2/Y2 (A25) To F22


UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP C311 100p CLAMPING DIODE SYSTEM CONTROLLER, B:CHIP JW1094
16V PROTECT 111 S1/VC(GA) INR2 50 INR2 (A26) To F20
CH
1

B C308 2.2 CH (A63) ROT_CTRL VIDEO PROCESSOR, 4 XX


To D16 112 ROT CTRL INL2 49 INL2 (A27) To F21
0.01 R392 R319 D070 AUDIO PROCESSOR L004 C319 JW1095
F Q014
XX
1.8V DETECT
25V
B R388
XX
R380
100 CHIP
W038
10k CHIP

W039
2.2K XX
RN-CP CLAMPING DIODE
To D17
R023 100 CHIP
ROT SW
114 STBY_SW
115 DGC RELAY
(A64) ROT_SW 113 MON-OUT
VP2
AGC2SIF
48
47
46
C072
0.01
25V
47uH
C303
47p
CH
W033 W034
MON-OUT (A28) To F4 XX

R320 D073 R024 100 116 D1_JP/MODE1_EU 100


W015 4.7k XX VCC8V 45
3.3V W043 W037 R387 CHIP B 16V C320
R381 RN-CP RELAY 117 VDDC1(1.8V) INTC0-IF 44
XX D072 L012 C013 C073 47p
R087 XX 10uH 118 DECV1V8 IFVO/IF_MON_OUT 43
2.2 IFVO/IF_MON_OUT (A29) To E5
R098 R383 MMDL914T1 470 JR1011 119 CH
220 220 XX KEY SIFAGC/SCART 42
W042 W044 ESD PROTECT DIODE C014 25V 0 CHIP PLLIF (A65) To E18
CHIP CHIP 120 S2 PLLIF 41
Q013 0.22 R026
R391 16V 121 VSSC1/P GND2 40
C310 MSD601-RT1 B:CHIP 100 C061 W032
Q006 XX
CHIP
122 RED LED MONO_OUTL 39
XX C309 MONO_OUTL (A30) To F26
XX RESET
VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR
VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR
VREF_POS_LSR+HPL

123 GREEN LED DECSDEM 38 B


UN2216 L013 R025 XX TV-R
G LED SW C315 Q012 10uH
124 VDDC3(1.8V) OUTR 37 OUTR (A31) To F3
100 3 C070 C316
VREF_POS_HPR

XX XX OUTL (A32) To F2
VREF_POS_LSL

C314 CHIP 125 VSSC3 OUTL 36


0.1
Q007 XX C018 1 0.47 TV-L
VDDA3(3.3V)

1.8V DETECT
VDDC4(1.8V)

126 AGC-MUTE D1 RIN 35 16V 10V


UN2216 F 0.22 2 B
XTALOUT

127 SECAM L-L D1 LIN 34 W010 B


VGUARD

AGCOUT

R LED SW 16V W030


DECDIG

G
XTALIN

SECPLL

R382 128 M-SYS-IF


DECBG

AVL/2SIF 33
VIFIN2
VIFIN1

GNDIF
SIFIN1

W031
SIFIN2
VSSA1

PH2LF
PH1LF
VSSC4

B:CHIP
VSSP2

GND1

EHT0

XX
EWD

C325
IREF
VD+
R

VSC
G

VD-
VP1

CHIP 0.022 TP02 C063 C064 R379


25V 0.1 C065 2.2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 16V 3.3 68k
D914 C024 C304 C048 C089 B CHIP
0.22 C052 R060 R312
SPB-25MVWF 22 C029 X001 100 16V1000 1000
22 C031 24.5MHz 16V B B R051 100 1M D074
LED C019 22 R011
B 39k CHIP CHIP MMDL914T1
C046
0.22 1k C300 R044 680025V R048 RN-CP
CHIP 0.22 12k C044B 100 C323
16V L037
C032 C034 16V CHIP 2.2 CHIP C055 0.001 R313
3.3V B:CHIP 10uH R045 R046 C058 150k
XX XX B 16V 100 100
0.15 B 1000 CHIP
UDZSTE-175.6B

CH CH C041 F CHIP CHIP PP B


PROTECTION

C022 L033 L036 W022 4700 C049 C050


0.22 10uH 10uH B 0.022 10
25V R355
D065

16V C324 C321 C317 B 10k


B:CHIP 0.022 0.01 220 C081 CHIP
16V 1000
25V 25V B
B L008 C042 R061
0.22 C080 680
H L010
10uH
L032
10uH
C322
10uH

1000p
16V
B:CHIP
1000
B
R314
D064
UDZSTE-175.6B
CHIP

5V
B R316 6.8k PROTECTION C057
XX RN-CP R315 0.01
3.3V CHIP 6.8k 25V
RN-CP B
D063
MMDL914T1
OCP
W008

R326 R311
XX 47k
RN-CP CHIP
R309 R310
I W011 1M
CHIP
R305
1k
CHIP
C079
XX
D062
XX D061 UDZSTE-175.6B
CHIP MMDL914T1 SLICER
ABL
C078 R307
R300 68p XX
100 CH C084 Q009
CHIP CHIP XX W009
R303 XX
D060 B ABL BUFFER
2.2M UDZSTE-175.6B
CHIP R304 ABL
R302
XX 680k R327
CHIP R308
CHIP XX XX
R301 CHIP FB001 RN-CP
2.2M C077 1.1uH
CHIP R306 Q008
0.047
J 16V
B
XX MSD601-RT1
CHIP GEOMETRIC CORRECTION

B-BX1s11532-...-A..(BLOCK A)-14CT
To D1(A43) EWD-DEFL

To E7(A39) VIFIN2-IF
To D5(A41) VD+-DEFL

To D8(A36) OVP-DEFL
To D7(A42) VD--DEFL

To E8(A40) VIFIN1-IF
(A54) DGC-RELAY

D1_JP/MODE1_EU

To E1(A37) SIFIN2-IF
VGUARD-DEFL
(A48) 1.8V_AUDIO
(A53) M-SYS-IF
(A55) STBY_SW

To D6(A46) -13V-DEFL
To C3 (A56) RESET

To E2(A38) SIFIN1-IF
AUDIO-MUTE

(A49) AGC-MUTE

(A47) 1.8V_MAIN

(A35) OCP-PROTECT
To F25 (A52) S2

(A34) TUAGC-IF
To F23 (A51) S1/VC

To D4(A45) ABL

To E3(A33) 2SIF
To C13
To B9

To E9
(A57)

To B13,C10
(A50) To F24
To C15

To E12

TO C2

To D10

To E10
To D3
(A44)

– 30 – – 31 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-3. A Board – Audio (Block B)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
LSR-AUDIO (B3) To A12
LSL-AUDIO (B2) To A13

A CN200 CN202
CN201 XX 3P
SCARTHPL (B1)

XX WHT WHT
WHT To Speaker To Speaker
To A17,F19

J201 J200
3 GND/3D OUT-

XX JACK
1 3D OUT+

J202
XX

GND
GND

3 GND
2 GND
SP R
SP L
2 GND

1 SP
R238

3
1
4
2
4

6
3
5
1
7
2
5
8

1
2
3
4
9

2
1
4
6

XX
R239 CHIP
100
CHIP
R237
XX
CHIP
C235
XX
CH C217
1000
A
C234
470p JR1256 R233 C223
25V AUDIO(BLOCK B)
XX D200
C CH:CHIP XX
CHIP C202
XX
1PS226-115 IC200 R217
XX C230 PROTECT AN17804A 330
R200 16V XX R240
R219
C201 XX B AUDIO AMP C214 0
XX CHIP PT XX CHIP 330
PW_GND

OUTR/NC
16V
IN C/NC

25V
IN R/NC
OUTC/NC

S_GND

C205 C208 R235


MUTE

F R201
OUTL

STBY
C200 XX XX XX R234 47 VCC
IN L

0.22 B XX FPRD
RF

CHIP R208
16V C236 XX FPRD
B XX C207
D R202 R204 CHIP XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C218
XX 10k C210 C213 C231 C216 C232 22
CHIP CHIP R211 C212 0.1 C215 XX XX 0.047
C209 XX 100 1000
R203 R207 2.2 CHIP 25V B:CHIP XX PT PETP
1.5k 1.5k
CHIP CHIP
R205 Q202 C220 D205
6.8k C237 10 MMDL914T1
C206 C203 XX R210 C224 D209 MSB709-RT1
CHIP XX XX R213 R221
C204 0.033 0.033 PT 22k 15k AC MUTE 1k
E 9V 0.1 16V 16V CHIP 16VF CHIP 9V CHIP
MPS B
B R232 Q200 R214 R215
R226 R223 XX D210 15k CHIP 10k
XX XX Q204 CHIP XX UN2211 CHIP D206
CHIP CHIP XX C228 R218 C219 JL217
XX
C211 R212 Q201 0
MIXER XX 4.7 0 MSB709-RT1 220
C226 CHIP 16V R220
R222 R230 CHIP 0
XX XX XX CHIP
16V CHIP R229 CHIP D201 R216 D203 D204 C221
F XX MMDL914T1 10k MMDL914T1 MMDL914T1
F C229 CHIP XX
Q205 CHIP 25V
R227 XX XX D207 D202 D211
XX MIXER XX MMDL914T1 1PS226-115
CHIP C227 R224 R236
XX XX 10k
16V CHIP CHIP D208 9V
W040 MMDL914T1
F R228 R225 C225 W041
XX XX XX
CHIP CHIP D213
G MMDL914T1
To F5 (B5) MON-MUTE-AUDIO

R2647
To A2,B14,C8,D14,E13,F6 (B4) 9V

C2649 R241 R242 D212 C2631


XX 2.2k 2.2k MMDL914T1 470p 10k
16V R8016 CHIP CHIP D2625 500V FPRD
F XX D214 FB2607 S3L20UF4 B
RN-CP Q206 XX L2601
MMDL914T1 10uH
UN2211
R2646 FB2602 PS2601
1 1.1uH 5A
FPRD ! C2636 C2648
H 1000 1000
D2626 35V
XX
C2601 R2645
XX XX
C2602 FPRD
470P
B:CHIP
B-BX1s11532-...-A..(BLOCK B)-14CT
To A58 (B7) AUDIO-STDBY
To A7 (B8) MOMUTE-AUDIO

To A1 (B6) PWR-OFF-MUTE
To C6 (B10) AUDIO_GND
To C4 (B12) AUDIO_1
To C5 (B11) AUDIO_2

I
To A57 (B9) AUDIO-MUTE
To A2,B4,C8,D14,E13,F6 (B14) 9V

To A48,C10 (B13) 1.8V_AUDIO

– 32 – – 33 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-4. A Board – Power Supply (Block C)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

B
C641 C672
IC606 100 0.01

A BA033T
3.3V REG
C675
VCC OUT
GND
16V 25V
B IC607
BA18BC0FP-E2
3.3V (C1) To A3,D18

1.8V REG
POWER SUPPLY (BLOCK C) XX
VCC OUT 1.8V_MAIN (C2) To A47
GND
C !
C662
0.1 D635
JW1665
17.5
C685
220
C609 T602 16V RD3.6SB 16V
To C7,D13 (C16) 11V 4700 D622 B ESD PROTECT
R639 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER(SRT) R668
500V R616
3.3 11EQS10-TB5
E XX 20V RECT 33k
10W CHIP IC602
DGCT 2 1 18 AUDIO_1 (C4) To B12
! C652 PQ09RDISJ00H AUDIO_2 (C5) To B11
DGCT 1 ! D638 AUDIO_GND (C6) To B10
JW1660 C622 C653 470p 9V REG IC604
JW1662 2200p 17 MMDL914T1
! THP600 XX 470p 500V D623 TA7805S
THERMISTOR,POSITIVE D604 10MM ! 500V B 10ERB20-TB3 R667 11V (C7) To C16,D13
CN603 250V FB610 C637 5V REG
D3SB60F3 31 6 1k 9V (C8) To A2,B4,B14,D14,E13,F6
D 2P C605
4700 AC RECT
JW1661 JW1663
XX 10.MM C612
E XX PS603
! 5A
B
C626
20V RECT
CHIP
I GO
100
16V I O 5V (C9) To A4,D12,E16,F1
500V 680p 15 FB603 G
! 1.5kV 470p 1.1uH L601 C638
E JW1666 FB605 PS602 D624 47uH
C660 C610 MPS XX S3L20UF4 500V C647 C674 100
CN601 0.22 4700p FB601 XX 5 14 5A 470 R669 XX 16V R654 W024 JW1088
2P ! C606 500V R651 JW1667 D620 11V RECT B 5
275V D602 XX 16V XX B XX C639 JW1089
MPS RY600 4700p E XX 5 XX C632 C634 CHIP 100
To DGC AM01AV1 JW1611 13 XX
RELAY,AC POWER 500V C624 2200 470 16V JW1090
DGC 2 E RECTIFY R660 5 35V 25V C635
D603 R661 47 D639 C654 5
DGC 1 XX IC601 7 12 470 IC603 JR1601 JW1091
D600 AM01AV1 R658 XX D3S6M-F 470p C650 C682 C630 PQ018EF01SZH XX 5
R602 Q601 RN RN STR-F6267S LF1357 R627 500V
MMDL914T1 RECTIFY 560k XX 1000 3300 18 V REG CHIP
E 10k
CHIP
MSD601-RT1 PROTECT
RELAY SW
RN R659 C611
220
SWITCHING REG
C644
2.2 8 11
B 16V 35V D621
C628
1500p
W018
1 2 3 4 L602 JW1092
680k 1 2 3 4 5 470p RU4AM-T3 2kV
To A54 (C15) DGC-RELAY RN 450V 9 10 IC605 22uH 5
R609 C643
0.47 Q605 R612
CH
C680
+B RECT SE135N-LF38 R665 C649 1.8V_AUDIO (C10) To A48,B13
10k
XX 100 C668
SPARK GAP SPARK GAP

SPARK GAP SPARK GAP

CHIP 10V W002 FN155 2.2k R618 C673 D636 D614 JW1654 470p ERROR-AMP JR1602
B XX XX D618 16V XX 100
W001 BUFFER RN XX XX XX CH ! O C 16V
D1NL20U D637
C616 D619 PS605 G R666 MA2ZD14001S0
JW1604 ! D605 220p PS604 R623 RECT 10ERB20-TA2B5 XX
D615 5A C679
XX C657 JW1632 RD5.1ESB2 CH 5A XX XX RECT TP601
C600 JW1605 330p XX R675 XX
REG XX RN-CP REG R624 +B (C11) To A9,D15,E11
4700p ! XX 250V 1 2 C678 L600
VDR600 C623 2.2k FB608 R636 R655
F CN602
2P
250V
E FH603 ! VARISTOR
! B
JW1633
!
T603 D633 R653 2200 RN R633 0uH C665
330 2.2k 100
2.2
16V
47uH
T600 XX MTZJ-T-77-15 R619 R621 B ! XX 160V CHIP R656 F
S600 LFC LFC XX D617 HOLD_DOWN (C12) To D9
To AC Power ! PROTECTION 0.33 220 R650 R640 1
2W 10ERB20-TA2B5
1
2

AC IN 1 C666 8.2M XX
0.1 RS REG 1W R672 JW1653 R647
AC IN 2 FH601 FH602 1k C646
MPS RN XX 5 D629
! ! R620 CHIP XX
4
3

RD5.1ESB2
3

C669 R646 R645 CHIP 100V


F600 XX C602 JW1630 0.33 REG R631
5A ! 2W 1.5k 150k 4.7k R635
250V 0.1 XX C670 RN-CP RN-CP 10k
MPS RS
330p CHIP
2

JW1602 Q608
G XX
250V
B
C619
0.047 !
R625
0 ! MSD601-RT1
Q609 R634
STBY_SW (C13) To A55
2

SW
1

JW1603 PT C621 PH600 4.7k


JW1631 C625 CHIP MSD601-RT1 C661
4
3

XX XX 4.7 PC123Y22JOOF SW CHIP


T604 T605 330p PHOTO COUPLER XX
XX 250V 25V
4
3

XX B B
B-BX1s11532-...-A..(BLOCK C)-14CT
To Heat Sink IC601 (C14) HS-A007

– 34 – – 35 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-5. A Board – Deflection (Block D)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

VGUARD-DEFL (D3) To A44


A

VD+-DEFL (D5) To A41


EWD-DEFL (D1) To A43

AFC-DEFL (D2) To A11

VD--DEFL (D7) To A42


-13V-DEFL (D6) To A46
ABL (D4) To A45
B

VSS (-13V)

REF-VOLT
VCC (+13V)
!

VCC (OUT)
OUTPUT
IC804

F.B-PLS
DRV-IN
STV9302A
DEFLECTION (BLOCK D) V-OUT
15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C C855 C858 C863


0.047
R881
220 0.47 14 6.8k !
R8004 R8005 35V MPS 16V 1 CHIP HV
XX XX C844 B T802
CHIP CHIP 0.047 NX-4450//M3A4
To A3,C1 (D18) 3.3V 16V 4
To A64 (D17) ROT_SW B R891 R895
D820 2.2 2.2k 2
GP08D C854 RN-CP
To A63 (D16) ROT_CTRL
R8003 V-DRIVE 100
5V C877 35V C862
XX Q814 R893 1000p
To A9,C11,E11 (D15) +B 0.01
D (D14) 9V
CHIP 11V
MSD601-RT1
SWITCH 25V C876
1000
6.8k 500V
RN-CP B R401 6
To A2,B14,B4,C8,E13,F6 B:CHIP 0.47
B:CHIP C878 1/2W
To C7,C16 (D13) 11V 0.01 D823 FPRD 5
5V B:CHIP ELIZ
To A4,C9,E16,F1 (D12) 5V C850 C861 C864
Q800 R838 C813 R420 0.1 XX R402
Q804 XX 100V 220 500V XX
XX C811 27k 16V 4.7k 25V B 2W L804
PIN DRIVE D805 2SA1091-0 100 CHIP B CHIP PT D824 RS XX FV 1 200V

JW1841
1SS133T-77 STOPPER 16V D830 R887 ELIZ 2 NC

2
R804 C812

7.5
STOPPER C815 XX MMDL914T1 22k SV

JW1840
XX R835 R841 XX R848 R844 16V C857 3 GND
CHIP PROTECTOR CHIP C860 C865
150k XX 16V XX 6.8k

1
E R425 R822
R831 1/2W CHIP B CHIP
CHIP B 220 1000 XX 13 4 H1

5
R802 XX R803 1.2K R826 R839 R421 R888 25V 500V PT
XX CHIP FPRD 330k 0 B 5 NC
XX 4.7k D809 10k 47k
CHIP CHIP CHIP CHIP CHIP 11V 11 R416
CHIP R853 1SS133T-77 CN801
R833 R842
XX
R845
XX D812 3.3k STOPPER C845 D818 R400 4.7k
R824 D808 150k CHIP CHIP XX CHIP D829 1000 RD5.1ESB2 0.47 1/2W XX
C800 1SS133T-77 1/2W 1/2W 10 5P
XX R800 33k C816 UDZSTE-175.6B B:CHIP CLAMP
R801 CHIP STOPPER XX FPRD L805 WHT
XX XX CLAMPER 2.2mH
CHIP 9 To CN703
CHIP C830 ! R422 JW1839 R8008 R8007
9V C817 (C Board)
R868 XX XX
R823 R827 C828 0.01 10 12.5 XX
R805 R808 XX 100 25V C831 FPRD 9V C840 1W L802 D821 C867 8 200V
5V W019 C803 180k 1.5 16V B 0.1 0.011 RS R882
XX XX XX RN 2W 16V C833 C836 1.2kV 2.2k 22mH 10ERB20-TB3 33
F CHIP R806
XX
CHIP
R834
RS
R423
C818 C821
XX XX
R846 R852
C826
0.022 R861
B:CHIP 0.1 220P PP D816 CHIP C846
16V 2KV
BY228/A52A/ 330p
H-CENT 1
R890
160V
7
CHIP 2.2k B:CHIP S800
R809 180k 0 10k 25V 2.2k Q806 2kV 68 R896
R810 RN CHIP RN-CP B CHIP MSD601-RT1
RS 3W
XX XX R807 CHIP PIN-DRIVE
C847 XX
CHIP CHIP Q801 XX 0.01
XX Q802 CHIP R865 C841 200V R411
EGP20G

8 7 6 5 1k R405 68k
BUFFER MSD601-RT1 PT C848 C849
D817

CHIP R869 0.15 D819


BUFFER D807 1 250V 0.01
R883 200V 0.022 10ERB20-TB3 D827 0.47 R412 1/2W
R855 200V 1/2W RN
R814 1SS133T-77 IC801 100K
C832
R857 220p Q807 PP 2.2k PT PT
H-CENT1 ELIZ FPRD 68k
XX STOPPER LM2903DT CHIP XX CH MSB709-RT1 13 C852
RECT RN
CN800 1 2 3 4 CHIP R813 CHIP PIN-DRIVE C842 0.27 C868 R413 R8009
COMPARATOR 250V C882 6.8k Q8009
3P XX 0.033 470p 33k
UDZSTE-179.1B

R815 R424 C829 JW1834 PP


IC800 R812 CHIP 400V JW1842 7.5 500V 0.015 RN CHIP 2SA1091-0
PROTECT

RED XX XX R829 1 2 3 4 CHIP 150k R858 XX S PP


G L800 C851 L803 D826 B 200V STOPPER
D815

C879 XX CHIP 1k XX 16V W026 10


1
R889
CHIP CHIP B C834 CHL 450V 100 4.7mH XX PT
To NS COIL XX ROTATION D800 3W R866 3`W
B AMP XX RS R843 R851 100k
XX
16V Q808 RS CLAMPER
NS+ 3 STOPPER 0 1k CHIP B IRF614-037 R419 Q8010
8 7 6 5 D801 C809 CHIP CHIP H-OUT R897 R406 XX R8010
NC 2 R828 R847 R884 11V 220k RN 120k 2SC3209LK
XX 1000 R879 XX C870 R414
NS- 1 R816 R817 R818
STOPPER 1.5k B:CHIP C822 CHIP
10k R854 C825
18k 0.01 C835 220k XX 1/2W C869
33 4.7k R8013 RN SWITCH
XX RN XX 1/2W
1

L806 XX XX 3W 0.01 CHIP 25V 0.01 CHIP C872 250V 100k


XX CHIP CHIP CHIP RS 25V B 25V FPRD RN R8011
B XX W025 D828 47k
2

9V B R856 R876 8 7 6 5 R408 CHIP


C804 11V Q803 R825 10k R859
33k
R873
47k 10k R880 Q810 XX
XX
6
3

2SC3209LK-TP 1.5k C808 C810 CHIP CHIP CHIP CHIP 220k XX CHIP R8002 R8012
3W IC803 R899 R8000 XX 47k
H-DRIVE 220p 1000 XX BUFFER
H
4

RS 500V 500V R840 11 R864 IC802 R872 C839 XX R403 XX C874 CHIP CHIP
B XX R877 RN-CP XX CHIP XX OVP-DEFL (D8) To A36
B 5.6k TJM4558CDT 0 2200p R898 25V
FPRD CHIP PIN AMP CHIP B 100k R894 XX CHIP C875
R820 1 2 3 4 R8001 B
R8015 XX CHIP XX
3.3V 2.2k 1 4 1 2 Q805 R870 C837 XX RN-CP XX CH
CHIP 2SC5885 2.2k 4700p RN-CP CHIP Q816
JW1837
5 H-OUT CHIP B C853 C859 R8014 XX
C805 2 XX
R821 1 XX XX HOLD_DOWN (D9) To C12
TH800

22k R830 FB800 R871 CHIP


XX

12 1.1uH 220 R878 D831


CHIP 3 6 2.2k C856 3.3V
D804 1W 1 R886 R892 R417 C866 XX
C806 1/2W RS C838 1W XX XX XX XX
1SS133T-77 C807 0.022 T800 FPRD RS XX Q809 MIXER
10 0.1 CHIP
I PROTECT 1000p
B:CHIP
200V HDT
PT
100V
PT
CHIP RN XX
MIXER
OCP-PROTECT (D10) To A35

5V
6
5
4
3
2
1
H+
H+
V+

H-
H-
V-

B-BX1s11532-...-A..-(BLOCK D)-14CT
DY800
To A10 (D11) HOUT-DEFL

6P !

J To DY

H.DY H.DY V.DY V.DY

– 36 – – 37 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-6. A Board – Tuner (Block E)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

B-BX1s11532-...-A..(BLOCK E)-14CT
A
A I
SWF100
O FILTER SURFACE WAVE
1
SWF101
FILTER SURFACE WAVE
3 1
SWF102
*
3
TUNER (BLOCK E) G
G
O 2 4 2 4
5 5
R106 R110
XX XX
B CHIP CHIP
JR1100 D102
XX XX
TU101
* C115 DIODE
XX L101
CLOCK

C116
IF OUT

B XX
DATA

JR1109
AGC

XX
33V

JR1108 JR1107 XX
AS

5V

XX XX R119 R108 CHIP R128


CHIP CHIP XX XX XX
JR1101
C 0 C139 C111 L102 RN-CP RN-CP R125
CHIP
CHIP 0.01 C102 XX XX Q102 L104 XX
25V C104 B XX XX CHIP R151
B 47p 47p R107
L103 AMP XX
CH CH XX
C100 R104 JR1110 CHIP XX R124 CHIP
1000p XX XX R126 XX
B CHIP CHIP C112 C117 CHIP
0.01 CT139 XX XX
R115 XX 9V R109 D101 CHIP
D C120 D108 B XX CH XX
100 470 UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP SELECTOR
TP101 L106 CHIP R116 16V D109 Q106
47uH 100 UDZSTE-175.6B XX
XX CHIP
R118 C106 W046 SWITCH
1 XX XX L100
R152 XX R123
To F30 (E17) TU-AGC 7.5k CHIP XX CF100
CHIP C107 C109 CHIP XX
470 4700p R142 9V L105 R122 R141 FILTER
E R154 16V B
XX XX XX Q105 XX
0 CHIP CHIP CHIP 1I BPF O2
C101 R100 XX
CHIP SWITCH
XX XX 33V R121 C137 3 G
16V CHIP C108 1000p C136 C129
470 22k C070 R150 XX
9V 3W B 1000p 0.1 100 16V
D107 16V RS
MMDL914T1 Q100 R130 B 16V CHIP B
XX B
DIODE XX D103
F UPC574J CHIP R088 W045
BUFFER 390
REGULATOR C119 C118 CHIP C1233
0.01 22 2.2
5V B:CHIP
To A39 (E7) VIFIN2-IF
To A62 (E6) SECAM-L-L
To A40 (E8) VIFIN1-IF

To A37 (E1) SIFIN2-IF


To F7 (E4) IFVO
To A29 (E5) IFVO/IF_MON_OUT

To A33 (E3) 2SIF


To A38 (E2) SIFIN1-IF
To A65 (E18) PLLIF

H
To A2,B14,B4,C8,D14,F6 (E13) 9V

To A34 (E10) TUAGC-IF


To A9,C11,D15 (E11) +B
To A49 (E12) AGC-MUTE
To A5 (E14) SDA-0
To A6 (E15) SCL-0

To A53 (E9) M-SYS-IF


To A4,C9,D12,F1 (E16) 5V

A BOARD ✽ MARK LIST


KV-14CT1B KV-14CT1E KV-14CT1K KV-14CT1U

SWF102 Filter Surface Wave XX XX XX


J
TU101 BTP-AC421 BTP-AC421 BTP-AC421 BTP-AU621

Note: The parts indicated as "XX" in this circuit diagram are


not listed here, as they are not used for these models.

– 38 – – 39 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

4-3-7. A Board – Jack, Scart Terminal (Block F)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

9V (F6) To A2,B4,B14,C13,D14,E13
MON-MUTE-AUDIO (F5) To B5
A
5V (F1) To A4,C9,D12,E16

MON-OUT (F4) To A28


OUTL (F2) To A32
OUTR (F3) To A31

CN904
5P
B CLK
B DAT

WHT
B INT

GND
AGC

B To Bus Connector
JR1903
5

3
2
1
4

0 R9031
To E17 (F30)TU-AGC XX
To A60 (F29) B_INT CHIP CHIP R9028 L902
To A59 (F28) B_DAT
To A61 (F27) B_CLK 5V R9030
XX
XX
CHIP D928
UDZSTE179.1B
R967
470k
C956
100
16V
47uH
A
CHIP PROTECT CHIP JACK (BLOCK F)
R9040 R9042
C 1M
CHIP
3.3k
CHIP
R9039
0
C947
470p
C973 R993
470
10 CHIP C940
470p
JR1902
0
R9045 CHIP CH CH CHIP
100 Q911
CHIP MSD601-RT1 C946 C974 R992
XX XX R902 C958 C959 R904
Q910 AUDIO MONO BUFFER XX XX XX CN901
To A30 (F26) MONO_OUTL CH CHIP R970 C939 Q908 XX XX
C061 MSD601-RT1 D929 CHIP CH CH CHIP
C953 R9041 AMP XX XX C967 UN2216 XX
XX 0.1 1M R9038 XX CHIP CH Q900 2.2 SWITCHING L904
16V CHIP R9043 XX 16V TRANSISTOR C960 A1 A1 A1 R OUT 1
R9046 XX 1uH XX
R9047 B 1k 2.2k CHIP MONITOR OUT BUFFER F B1 B1 B1 R OUT 2
CHIP CH
10k CHIP R932 FB903
A2 A2 A2 R IN 3
D900 L903
D CHIP R9044
470
XX
R910
XX
XX
CHIP XX 1uH B2 B2
A3 A3
B2
A3
R IN 1
L OUT 1
CHIP PROTECTION CHIP C910 C962 C961
C975 XX XX XX
B3 B3 B3 L OUT 2
Q912 C922 D905 C901 R913 CH
0.001 XX XX R906 CH CH A4 GND
UN2211 XX XX XX FB902
B CH PROTECTION F CHIP CHIP XX B4 GND
(F25) D1_JP/MODE2_EU/MONSW-MONO AMP GAIN ADJUST A5 GND
To A8 R9034 C925 D901 C900 R914 R933 B5 GND
100 XX XX XX C911 XX
CHIP XX C963 A6 A6 A6 L IN 3
CH PROTECTION F CHIP XX CHIP R949
CH XX B6 B6 B6 L IN 1
CH 10k D921 A7 A7 A7 BY
CHIP XX
E R9035 9V Q901
Q902
XX Q909
D920
UDZSTE-175.6B PROTECT
A8 A8
B7
A8
NC
MODE 1
100 XX PROTECT R947
CHIP AUDIO MUTE UN2216 33k
B8 B8 B8 MODE 2
To A50 (F24) D1_JP/MODE1_EU CHIP A9 GND
C903 R927 R924 R931 GND
D923 B9
XX 100 XX XX R948
16V C067 CHIP CHIP CHIP D922 XX XX A10 AVL

Y OUT 1 Y/GIN D913 XX CHIP PROTECT B10 AVL


CN902
Y/GIN UDZSTE-175.6B 0.1 R930 R950 21P
GND 2 16V 75 A11 A11 A11 Y
PROTECTION XX
3 B-Y/BIN B R926 CHIP CHIP B11 NC 1 R OUT 1
U OUT / FB B-Y/BIN C062 100 R929 A1
GND 4 D912 0.1 CHIP 75 A12 NC A2 2 R IN 3
R-Y/RIN UDZSTE-175.6B 16V CHIP
F V OUT
CN905
5 R-Y/RIN
R940
PROTECTION C060 B R925 R928
B12 NC
A13 GND
A3 3 L OUT 1
4 GND
C964 D911 0.1 100 R920 75
XX R9050 C917 XX
220k D915 UDZSTE-175.6B 16V R907
XX CHIP XX CHIP B13 GND 5 GND
YEL XX 330p CHIP R945
CH PROTECTION B CHIP CHIP JR1901 A14 GND 6 L IN 3
CHIP CH L905 10k UDZSTE-175.6B A6
F1 F1 1uH CHIP PROTECTION C968 C909 0 C914 B14 GND A7 7 BY
R2 F2 F2 XX D902 XX CHIP XX D927 A15 RY
R C918 R9051 CH UDZSTE-175.6B 16V A15 A15 A8 8 MODE 1
R9052 1 R946 F C908 CH UDZSTE-175.6B B15 C2 IN
0 16V XX 0 B15 B15 9 GND
CHIP C969 R908 1 R921 C915
CHIP R941 F CHIP 39k 16V 220k 330p A16 A16 A16 BLK 10 AVL
L2 F3 F3 XX D903
F
XX D916 CH UDZSTE-175.6B CHIP CHIP CH R9062 B16 NC A11 11 Y
L C916 L906 C919 1k
XX 1uH CHIP XX XX R922 A17 GND 12 NC
CH W035 F JW1901 D904 C904 R918 R957
PROTECTION 75
G VIDEO 2 F4 F4
R9005 C965
5 UDZSTE-175.6B
PROTECTION
0.22 47
CHIP CHIP
75
CHIP
B17 GND

A18 GND
13 GND
14 GND
V R943
XX XX 0 C970 D906 R909 C907 R915 C912 B18 GND A15 15 RY
J903 CHIP CH D917 XX XX XX XX XX
VIDEO IN 2 CHIP XX XX F CHIP A19 A19 A19 V OUT TV A16 16 BLK
XX C957 PROTECTION CH PROTECT CHIP CH
D931 XX R905 R916 C913
B19 B19 B19 V OUT MON 17 GND
C921 B C971 D907 XX XX A20 V IN 3 18 GND
RD3.6SB XX
XX A20 A20
XX XX CHIP CHIP CH
B20 V IN 1
CH PROTECT
B20 B20 A19 19 V OUT TV
J909 D932 C906 C902 R911 R917 L901 A21 GND
RD3.6SB XX
A21 A21 A20 20 V IN 3
D908 XX XX XX 3.9uH B21 GND
CHIP CHIP B21 B21 A21 21 GND
F2 XX
L PROTECTION FB901
H R919
XX
Q913 XX
V F3 W016 W047 CHIP
W048 UN2211
C955 R923
0.22 W017 D910 C905 XX
16V XX R952
B XX CHIP
W028 PROTECTION B 1k
C952
R9016 CHIP 0.1
R9053 R9027 XX R9018 L900 C923 16V
75 27k CHIP R954
CHIP XX 10uH 47 1k JR1906 B C972
CHIP CHIP 35V CHIP XX 1000p
I D918
R9014
XX R9023 R9019 R9020
B
UDZSTE-175.6B JR1905 CHIP 100 XX XX C976
R9037 PROTECT XX CHIP CHIP CHIP 470 R951
100 CHIP R9026 R9013 R9057 R9022 R9017 Q903 75
R9025 R9021 XX R9056 MSB709-RT1 D930 16V
CHIP XX 100 100 XX R9036 CHIP R953 CHIP
100 CHIP CHIP CHIP 100 XX 470k
CHIP CHIP CHIP 0 CHIP UDZSTE-175.6B
CHIP CHIP
B-BX1s11532-...-A..(BLOCK F)-14CT
TO A19 (F10) CVBS1/Y1
To A16 (F18) SCARTHPR

To A20 (F12) INR1

To A21 (F11) INL1


To A24 (F14) INL3

To A51 (F9) S1/VC

To E4 (F7) IFVO
To A22 (F13) CVBS3
To A17,B1 (F19) SCARTHPL

To A14 (F16) SCARTFBL/A16


To A26 (F20) INR2
To A25 (F22) CVBS2/Y2

To A23 (F15) INR3


To 27 (F21) INL2

To A15 (F17) CVBSO


To A52 (F23) S2

To A18 (F8) C1

– 40 – – 41 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT & WAVEFORM

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC001 1 0 49 2.2 89 0
2 0 50 2.2 90 3.3
3 2.0 51 1.4 91 0
4 3.3 52 0 92 0
5 3.3 53 2.2 93 1.7
6 0 54 2.2 94 3.3
7 3.3 55 0 95 0
8 0 56 2.2 96 1.7
9 3.3 57 2.2 97 3.2
10 – 58 1.4 98 0.7
11 1.5 59 1.6 99 0.7
12 0 60 2.3 100 2.0
13 0.1 61 0 101 3.3
14 2.5 62 0 102 0.02
15 0 63 2.4 103 0.02
16 1.8 64 1.3 104 3.0
17 2.3 65 0.4 105 2.7
18 0 66 0.7 106 0.01
19 2.3 107 3.3
5
20 2.3 108 0.08
21 4.0 109 3.3
1
110 3.3
111 1.05
112 0.5
5.36Vp-p 113 0
114 2.0
67 1.4 115 0
820.0mVp-p 6 116 0
22 1.7 117 2.0
118 2.0
2
119 0
120 2.0
3.12Vp-p 121 0
122 0
68 0 123 3.3
1.76Vp-p 69 4.9 124 0
70 1.3 125 0
23 1.8 71 1.3 126 3.3
3 72 1.3 127 3.4
73 2.0 128 3.3
74 1.8 IC002 VCC 113
75 0.1 OUT 110
76 0 GND 10.9
1.92Vp-p 77 0
78 1.3 IC003 1 0
24 2.0 79 1.3 2 0
25 2.0 80 1.3 3 0
26 2.4 81 0 4 0
27 0 82 4.9 5 2.6
28 0 83 0 6 0
29 0.2 84 3.2 7 0
30 0.2 85 0 8 3.3
31 4.8 7
IC200 1 0.0
32 0.5 2 0.0
33 0 3 19.7
34 0 4 0.0
35 0 5 0.0
36 2.4 6 0.0
1.54Vp-p
37 0 7 0.0
38 2.2 86 1.7 8 10.7
39 2.4 9 0
8 10 0.80
40 0
41 0 11 0
42 0 12 9.6
43 0.5 IC601 1 3.06
44 0 2 20.5
45 8.5 1.40Vp-p 3 0.03
46 2.8 4 0.05
47 0 87 1.1
5 0.50
48 1.3 9
IC602 I 10.2
4 G 0
O -9.02
IC604 I 4.96
1.46Vp-p
G 0
O -9.02
1.96Vp-p 88 3.3 IC800 1 5.7

– 42 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
2 5.09 E 0 Q808 S 0
3 5.09 Q105 B 3.6 13
4 0 C 0
5 4.6 E 0
6 4.6 Q106 B 0
7 4.6 C 4.2
8 10.2 E 4.8 9.400V
IC801 1 2.0 Q200 B 1.9
2 0.8 C 0 G 5.6
3 1.5 E 0 D 10.05
4 0 Q201 B 20.2 Q814 B 0
5 2.7 C 20.9 C 5.0
6 2.0 E 20.9 E 0.1
7 6.0 Q900 B 4.7
8 9.0 Q202 B 9.0
C 0.1 C 0
IC802 1 3.0 E 8.9 E 4.1
2 3.2 Q901 B 0.2
3 3.2 Q205 B 2.7
C 5.5 C 0
4 0 E 0
5 3.0 E 0
6 3.0 Q601 B 0.04 Q903 B 4.35
7 4.0 C 14.2 C 0
8 9.1 E 0 E 4.9
IC803 1 0 Q605 B 24.8 Q908 B 0.2
2 0 C 0.6
C 219 E 0
3 0 E 23.5
4 0 Q909 B 0
Q608 B 0 C 0.2
5 0 C 20.2
6 0 E 0.6
E 0
7 0 Q910 B 2.43
Q609 B 0.62 C 4.7
8 10.3 C 0
IC804 1 0.41 E 4.10
E 0
Q911 B 2.43
15 Q800 B 1.8 C 4.7
C 9.0 E 4.2
E 1.15
Q912 B 0.07
Q801 B 0.42
C 0 C 0.6
680.0mVp-p E 0 E 0
Q802 B 0 Q8009 B 194.5
2 12.3 C 4.6 C 194.5
3 -12.3 E 0 E 194.7
4 -13.3 Q803 B 0 Q8010 B 0.54
5 20.1 C 0
12 E 0
14
DY800
10

1.38Vp-p
53.6Vp-p
C 6.21
6 13.04 E 0
7 0.42 1.36Vp-p
Q804 B 133.7
PH600 1 23.8 C 0
2 22.8 E 133.6
3 0
4 2.7 Q805 B 0
C 137.4
Q001 B 0
C 2.2 11
E 0
Q006 B 0
C 0
E 0
Q007 B 0 312.0Vp-p
C 3.34 E 0
E 1.0
Q806 B 5.8
Q008 B -0.28 C 9.0
C 0 E 5.6
E 0
Q807 B 6.0
Q009 B 0 C 0
C 0 E 5.6
E 0
Q012 B 0.6
C 0

– 43 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM


Ref Pin No. Voltage[v] Ref Pin No. Voltage[v]
IC751 1 1.8 8 141.8
1 5

940.0Vp-p 100.0Vp-p

2 1.8 9 143.7
2 6

1.26Vp-p 70.0Vp-p

3 1.8
Q701 B 4.35
3
C 0
E 0
J751 4 0.20
7 0.20
1.34Vp-p 11 0.20
3 285.3
4 0 5 0
5 4.3 6 0
6 194.5 8 143.8
7 141.8 9 142.0
4 10 143.0

102.0Vp-p

– 44 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARD & PARTS LOCATION

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

C [RGB OUT]

– C Board –

GND

GND
200V

1K
GND

G
R

B
A703

9V
NC

NC
H1
5 1 1 A705
CN701
C754 7

R780

R778

C783 L750
R713JW1750

C788
R753
R754
CN704

C789
CN703
D750

R775
C752
R781

R773

R774
R795

R752
R760

R777
C790
H2 R784

C781

D782
H1
R776
G1-1 L780 R785
G1-2 C759 R786
Q701
5 6
4 R794

R767
R768
7
EY706
G2
KB R766
RV750
3 8
RCV A701

1
KG
9 B IN

R758
13
G IN
C753 R IN
10 C751

C786
GND
KR D756
CN705

C787
R757

IK
D754
J751 11
1-688-692-12 L783 VDD
D755

(1-722-796-12) R OUT
GND
G1-3
L782
R2 R764 G OUT
R783 R765
R756

B OUT
D781 JW1782
L781
8

9
G4 JW1781
1 A704
IC751
D780

R763 EY707
EY703
C782

A702
EY701

– 45 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100 RM-W100

NOTE:
The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or
repairing it to prevent an electric shock.

A [PROCESSOR, AUDIO, POWER SUPPLY, DEFLECTION, TUNER, JACK, SCART TERMINAL]

– A Board –
A BOARD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q910 C-2 D615 I-8
IC
Q911 C-2 D617 I-8
R004 D002
R002 C003
R393C001C322

C231
C211

C020 KB004
GND
KEY
NC

R341 R014
Q912 C-2 D618 I-8
3

IC001 C-6

A010
CN005 1
R339 R324 C685
R006

R336

R337
JR008 IC003 1
IC002 H-14 Q913 B-6 D619 I-8
R015

C308 C312

4 R322

A
L012

Q102
R099 R001
C002

D620 G-8
D003

JR003

C115
R215

IC003 A-5
JR025
R026

R097 R003 R108


R212
D071

R096 JR1010 JR1100 JR004 R320 JR038 D068


R9037
L032
B CLK
B DAT
B INT

12
DIODE D621 G-8
AGC

IC200 B-9
GND

R319
C031

1 5
C318

R234
C313 R236

8
C321

KB005
R216

CN904 5
L036
C024

TP101 L033 C314 R024


D622 F-9
R340
R338

A017
IC601 J-8
L013

C120 L008 R315 L037 Q013 D201 R214


R316 FB001 R394 D207 Q201
L009
L106

D002 A-4
C080

D623 G-9
D213

IC602 E-9
JR012 R380

JR1903 C317 R213


R048 C081
W031

C018
R314

JR006

C213

R023
R010

D065 C032 D072 A019


TU101 C137 C042 C300 C029 L010 R8004 C215
D003 A-3 D624 G-8
JR037

JR111 C325 R9035 R029


D208 C212
R218 IC603 E-11
C139

JR036
C100

R025
L103 W032

R104 R115 R116 C022 R030


D004 D-7
R8003 W048

D625 F-9
C034

R235
IC604 E-8
C091

128
CT139
W033

D109 C014 D214


D067
C117

C013
X001

JR1101 1
C210
L101 L104
R110 R106

R046 D212
R109

R018
R044

R392
JR024 R9034
R045

R2647
Q016

D108
B D005 D-7 D629 H-7
JR002
C311

1 B JR019
IC605 I-6
JR009 D069
R011

11 JR096 JR200
C232
D064

W050 C C044
JR1011 L011
R107
D006 D-7 D633 I-9
C104

IC606 C-8
C116
C041

C119 JR051
Q206 R2646
JR098

R119
R126
C111JR1108

R142

C205

C102 R211
D023
JR050

JR1110
C106

C049 C050

JR1601

C209 C236
D007 D-6
C112
R125

JR097

R355 C011
D635 D-8
IC200
D070

L102 C089
Q913

C006

IC607 E-12
R038
R124

R154 C052 C090


R323L031
JR1107

R128
C055

R020

R9036
L105

C046
C048

C237
R2321

SWF100
D107

C010

D008 D-6
C109

R012 W053 C206


D636 J-9
W002

C118
C136

IC800 E-7
R130

R118 JR013 D024 C208


C224
Q105
R152

W030
C975

D204

C108
C012

JR018

R061 L100
C221
C021
Q100

C1233
W045

C204
D009 D-5
R122

R9046 C956 Q910


IC801 E-5 D637 E-11
R9044

D059
JR014

R051
C328

1
R9043
C101

R9041 97
R205
C203
R204
R207
R208

W055 R9040 C026 DNG


R123
D901

R151 D102 B OUT C207


D023 B-7 D638 E-11
C219

JR904 JR112JR1109 32
IC802 E-5
R906

R100

Q911
D025
G OUT

C900 C107 SWF101 33


R1201

R039

R203
R202

C202
R201

R914
R9038

D024 B-7 D639 G-8


JR016 JR005
C023

C025
D905

C911 R9031SWF102
IC803 G-6
Q106

D058

96 R OUT R220
L035C301

C
C073

R222

R9030
TP03

W049 C323
C063

D074
W046D101 C061 R150
C070 C229
D025 C-8 D800 E-8
C922

IC804 J-6
C641R242
C028
C030
R9042

C923

C302

R356 GND Q202


R310

R9047
R200 R230 JR1256

R229

L006 IC606
R9045

IK
JR901JR902 R379
D054 G-14
C925

CN004 D206

R913
D801 E-8
C057

R924 R088
C072 O
PH600 I-7
C901

Q912

C910 C953 C316 D205


C309

R241

R910 R952 C065


R953

C201 C200
D062

R221

Q900 R902 R141 9V C228


L901 C976 C079
D055 H-13
C069

C037
D805 G-6
R931

R9056

FB901 JR026 C225


C952
R917

L902

C064

C632

R951
R918

D075
21

20

C320

R224

C129
R922

IC001 R364 D209


C036 C038
D056 G-13 D807 E-6
C903

C053
R904

L900 C303
C672
D635

JR1906 D057 Q204


TRANSISTOR
D060
D061

R9019 C096 R384 R311 R9057


R911
Q903

JR015

R041
C084 Q009

JR021
L007 R9062

R327

W035
R239 C056 C054 I R225
D057 D-8
R602
L003

R326
D927

R042
R9026
D808 H-5
C234

L004 D900 64 JR027 R420 C227


C904
D930

C675

R954 D917
R957

65 JR017 R223 JR908 JR907 D932


C905 D904 R9028 R421
Q205
C902

D202 R808 EY201


D058 C-7
Q001

R228
D809 F-4
W047
R385

D908 C235 C093 R386

R9051
R9025 W016 C226 A020 C921
R227
R9053 R9023
R928 R930 R929

CF100 C092
R317 R8005
Q001 D-7
R927

D910 JR1905 L005 R233


R9014
R926

C005
R9013

D D059 C-7
W034
R395

C955 JW1901
D812 E-4
R919

C220
R949

W017
W010

JR020
R923

D918 R226
Q006 E-13
R947

C218
C957
R9027

R9022
R9020
R9021
R948
R950

R9017
W028
C319

R059

D060 D-6
R925 C062
C060 C067

R9018 C216
D815 F-3
C915

D915
Q814
R237

D931
JR1901

R058
Q007 E-13
R238

D916
D066

1
C094

C097

C099
D004

C098
D005
D006

R056
D911
D061 D-6 D816 G-3
GND

Y OUT
V IN

GND
U IN

5 5
V OUT
GND

D912
U OUT

C230 Q601
C825

Q008 F-7
R854

W018

R806

Q010
C829

D210
R853

R9005
R921

R848

R635

D062 C-7
GND

C804

D913
Y IN

R240
D817 F-2
W026

C214 R9052
D009

C095
VM OUT

C051
C071 C822
D008
C068
D007

1 CN009 JR041
JR805 R377
Y OUT
Q009 D-7
R916

R920
JR040

R945

V
R609

CN003 C638
C803
R803

C637

1 5 GND CN007 R813 C679


D063 G-7 D818 I-6
W054

R667
R843

R865
R812

U OUT/FB C809
C913

C2648 R098
R817

4 R876

R946
GND W003 R873 R810 R809 L602 C217 C918
Q010 D-3
C830

C961
D829
R915

C831

C919
C965
5 V OUT R814
C813

R866 IC801
R654

C835
R970
C939

C678

1 L806 R816
R805 R800 O
D064 B-4 D819 F-4
D921 R908 R907

R665
D920 C969 C968
D923
D922

C647

C914 JR001 D638


C800

Q006
C879
CN800

IC800 R2645
CN905 C826 4 C668
Q013 A-6
R844

D637
R852

D200
1
R841

C962 R857 R864 C643


Q800

C649
C816

D065 B-4
JR1602

L904 D903
C639

C2602
GND

R801
+B

C964
R861

D820 J-5
NC

D809

R855
C912

JR600
R851

R847

D812
3
B2

D211

L903 C908
R121

R940
E
C960 R424 14
Q016 B-8
Q801
R425

C909 Q802
D801
R818

D800

R669

R807
1
FB903

R656

L905 R941
D066 D-4
C971

D902 KB006 Q007


JR601
D821 F-4
W027

L2601
R668

4 I
R802

R804
R838

R815
R856

R932 8 R666 R087 C223


NS+
Q100 C-2
R859

L
C970

C940 O
R634 IC607 L906
C916
NC 8
D067 B-7
R839

R872

I
D807
D823 J-4
C839
C812

R423
R905

5
R842

C917
C967

C906 5 8 I O G
R933

NS- G
C963

R967 FB902 C907


C815R858 R845 IC802 IC604 IC602 C674
Q102 A-3
1

D906 R909 D907 5 C2601 C662 IC603 R9050

D068 A-7 D824 J-3


Q105 C-3 D069 B-7 D826 G-5
R9016

JR300
R301C077
R300
R302

C828 L601
R422
Q902

C805 W024 C2636


CN202 SP L Q106 C-4
C634

C650

R217 J909
R868
JR903

C834

R825
D815

C682

D070 B-6
PS605

GND
Q901

R9039 R992

R846
D827 I-4
C635

JR804 J903
C630

GND
JR602

JR800 C078
Q202 C-8
C842

C847
R820

R869
S

C833

R304 R303 SP R
+

Q808
D071 A-7
Q806

CN601

C973
C972
D829 E-4
C958

R877

C610
C670
Q908

R993

D817

R639
Q203 A-8
C849

SP
R882

C653

D604
S800

R828

D072 B-6
R219

F
CN200

C832
D830 I-6
JR905

R
C609

R408
C841

R821 DGC
2

DGC GND
JR1902
C974

Q008 R307
Q204 D-9
L802

C959 C807 R308 R306


R880 R403 R305 GND
D074 C-4 D831 F-6
D821

FB603
JR906

D622

Q807 R312 C660


R8002
R8014

3
FB608

Q205 D-9
C2631
G

D075 C-7
C626

D900 D-4
4
C628

C606

R823
R309

R881

Q206 B-8
C946

D928
C947
D929

D831

D819
D2625

R834 R060 2
E R897
D101 C-3 D901 C-1
C851

Q601 D-12
R829

B
R890

Q809
C058

Q909 L800 R616


D063
D102 C-3 D902 E-2
1
C654
T800

D826 Q810 R313


D639

D624
D620

C810 R879
OUT+

Q605 I-10
3D GND GND/3D
R892
R889
C840
C808

R8001 R898 R8000 Q816


R830

C852

THP600
D107 B-1 D903 E-2
C859

J200 J202
C856

R417 C874
PS2601FB2607
A001

J201
Q608 H-7
D816
C806

C848

4
C846

CN201

1 R886 W025
D108 B-2 D904 D-2
OUT-
D621

A018
JW1837

R894
C853

G
FB2602

Q609 G-7
L803
C836

R899

D109 B-2
R840

3
R331

Q805 R883 C665


SECONDARY 1
D905 C-1
D914

R896 8 DGCT
Q800 E-8
B

G
1 DY800 IC803 C872 PRIMARY
D200 E-14 D906 E-2
CN603
R884

5
H+ H+ H- V+ 6
H- V-
Q8009 I-4
D056 D600

C611
D202 D-8
C838

D907 E-2
D805

C646
D054
D623

Q801 E-9
C009

TP601 JR255
C652

Q609
D203 A-8
PS602
R870
C837

D908 D-2
D629

Q8010 I-5
C661

C680
R655

PS603 R D055 R363


C622

R8015 R871 JR254 RY600


D204 C-8 D910 D-2
C008

T602 DGCT
L600
Q802 E-9
O
E

R402

D205 C-8 D911 D-3


R640

1 R631
H+ T801
TH800
1-688-691-12 Q804 I-6 D206 C-8
VCC

H R362
D912 D-2
R878

+B 2 D808
C865

T802 R827 R647 Q608 (1-722-796-12) R2 C666


Q805 G-1
R822

JW1653

C657
R633

FBT 3 R636
R675
R620 D603 D207 A-8 D913 D-3
C867 R653
S600
R361
IC002 Q806 F-5 D208 B-8
R360
D914 G-13
FB800

ABL
11
200V 4
Q807 F-5 D209 C-9
R411

R672 R627
Q808 F-3 D915 D-13
D633

H1 5
IC605

JW1654
2

R8011
D210 D-12
L804

10
D916 D-13
R887

R412 FB605
R835
PH600

D619
+13V GND 6
Q809 F-6
1

R826
4

R619
R405

C869 R625 T603


-13V
9 GND C624
D211 E-11 D917 D-13
E

T605
R624

7 D827
Q810 G-7
D602

8
R413

FB610
D615
L805

C868 R8009 R8012


D617 R651 D212 B-8 D918 D-5
I Q814 D-8
E

R8010 C875 C850


R833
R831

C623
R824

D213 B-8
R416

CN801 CN602
C644
D921 E-2
C811

1
Q804

Q816 G-7
B

R658
R888

5
C882

D214 B-8
R660
C855

D830
D818
C870

D922 E-2
AC IN
C866

R893
B

C845

Q605
R659
R406

C612
Q900 C-3
R414

12 R891
D618
NC

200V
H1
GND
NC

FH602

D600 G-13
B

Q8009 R8007

D923 E-2
C863

AC IN

13
E

W001

R401 C858
Q901 F-1
C602
R645

Q8010 D828
D602 I-10 D927 D-1
R661

R895 B
C673
Q902 F-1
C862

D823

R419 C625 R646


C669

E
FH603
F600

C864
D820
R618
T604
T600
C600
D603 H-11 D928 F-1
2 C844
Q903 D-2
VDR600
C619

A012 R621
R8008

6
D604 F-11 D929 F-1
PS604
D636

R400
R612

C860
R650
7 1 C876
Q908 F-1
D605

J D824 C877
IC804
D605 J-9 D930 D-2
Q909 G-1
C861

C854
R623

C857
C878 JW1611 D614 J-9 D931 D-14
D614
C621

FB601
C616

IC601 FH601

D932 D-13

– 46 – – 47 –

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS

TRANSISTOR

B
E

E C
B

MSD601-RT1 2SC3209LK IRF614-005 FN155 2SA1091-0 2SC5885


UN2211
UN2216
MSB709-RT1

DIODE
CATHODE CATHODE

ANODE
ANODE
(GRN) ANODE
(GRN) ANODE CATHODE
ANODE CATHODE

BY228/A52A SPB-25MVWF HSS82-TJ AM01AV1 S3L20UF4 MMDL914T1


RD5.1ESB2 D1NL20U 10ERB20-TB3 RD3.6SB
MTZJ-T-77-15 D3SB6M-F 10ERB20-TA2B5
UPC574J EGP20G 11EQS10-TBS
1SS133T-77 EL1Z D3S6M-F
GPO8D
RU4AM-T3

IC

3
ANODE

2
1
3

CATHODE 2
TOP VIEW
1

MA2ZD14001SO D3SB60F3 1PS226-115 TDA11020H/ SE135N-LF38 BA033T


UDZSTE-175.6B N1A000AK
UDZSTE-179.1B

SOP

1 1 TOP VIEW

9 Small Outline L-leaded Package


Pin 8~98

AN17804A TDA6108AJK/N1 TA7805S CAT24WC16J1-TE13 STR-F6264S-LF1357


LM2903DT
TJM4558CDT

– 48 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

IC

1
7 TOP VIEW

STV9302A RPM7240-SH5 PQ09RD1SJ00H BA18BC0FP-E2


PQ018EFO1SZH

– 49 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 5
NOTE:
EXPLODED VIEWS
• Items with no part number and no • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine The components identified by
they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be shading and mark ! are critical
service. anticipated when ordering these items. for safety.
• The construction parts of an assembled Replace only with part number
part are indicated with a collation specified.
number in the remark column.

5-1. CHASSIS
r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12
p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16 8

7
16
9
18 13

17 14 11
12

10

25 24
10 26 23
15
21
14
6 22
27
20

19
2
5

3
4
1

REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
1 X-4041-369-1 BEZNET ASSY 2-5, 27 17 1-825-293-11 LOUD SPEAKER (5 x 9 CM)
2 * 4-092-231-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 18 4-094-690-01 PIECE A (90) CONV, CORRECT
3 4-092-229-01 DOOR CONTROL 19 * A-1302-283-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1B)
4 4-092-230-01 BUTTON POWER * A-1302-405-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1E/1K)
5 4-036-405-71 SPRING COMPRESSION * A-1302-428-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1U)
20 ! 1-453-309-21 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK
6 ! 8-735-570-05 PICTURE TUBE (A34LRG70X) (NX-4450//M3A4)
7 1-452-032-00 MAGNET DISC
8 4-091-911-01 COVER REAR ( x 6 screws) 21 8-598-623-00 TUNER FSS BTP-AC421 (KV-14CT1B/1E/1K)
9 4-202-554-02 HOLDER HV CABLE 8-598-624-00 TUNER FSS BTP-AU621 (KV-14CT1U)
10 4-074-601-02 SPACER DY 22 * 4-093-760-01 BRACKET TERMINAL
23 ! 1-783-083-11 CORD POWER (WITH FILTER)
11 4-077-228-02 PIECE TLH CONVERGENCE
(KV-14CT1B/1E/1K)
12 ! 8-451-401-51 DEFLECTION YOKE (Y14RSA-L3)
! 1-776-204-12 CORD, POWER (FILTER) (KV-14CT1U)
(KV-14CT1B/1K/1U) 24 4-022-115-00 HOLDER AC CORD
! 8-451-401-11 DEFLECTION YOKE (Y14RSA-S) 25 1-477-678-71 TOP SWITCH BLOCK
(KV-14CT1E)
13 * A-1405-473-A MOUNTED PWB, C 26 * 4-092-370-11 BRACKET, FBT
14 4-057-862-01 SCREW, TAPPING 5 + CROWN WASHER 27 * 4-093-771-01 COVER, FRONT PANEL
15 4-369-318-21 SPRING TENSION

16 ! 1-456-278-11 DEGAUSSING COIL

– 50 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified. SECTION 6
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
NOTE: • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since • All resistors are in ohms
they are seldom required for routine • F : nonflammable
The components identified by shading service. Some delay should be antici-
and mark ! are critical for safety. pated when ordering these items. CAPACITORS
Replace only with part number specified. • MF : µF, PF : µµF
• All variable and adjustable resistors have
characteristic curve B, unless otherwise COILS
When indicating par ts by reference noted. • MMH : mH, UH : µH
number, please include the board name.

REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
* A-1302-283-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1B) C052 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
* A-1302-405-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1E/1K) C053 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
* A-1302-428-A COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-14CT1U)
**************** C054 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C055 1-136-167-00 FILM 0.15UF 5.00% 50V
* 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P C056 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
* 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P C057 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
1-900-704-55 LEAD ASSY, JUMPER C058 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
4-382-854-21 SCREW (M3X14), P, SW (+) C060 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C061 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V
C062 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
A015 * 4-055-304-01 HOLDER, LED C063 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
A016 * 4-042-408-01 PIN, COATING LEAD C064 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
A018 * 4-042-408-01 PIN, COATING LEAD
C065 1-126-962-11 ELECT 3.3UF 20.00% 50V
C067 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
COMMON PARTS LIST C069 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C070 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
<CAPACITOR> C072 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

C001 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C073 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C002 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C077 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C003 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C078 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C004 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C080 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C005 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C081 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V

C006 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C089 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C008 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C090 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C010 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C091 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V
C012 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C092 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C013 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C093 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V

C014 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C094 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C018 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C095 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C020 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C096 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C021 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% 50V C100 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C022 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C101 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V

C023 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C102 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C024 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C104 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V
C025 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C107 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C026 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V C108 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V
C028 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C109 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V

C029 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C112 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
C030 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C116 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C031 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C118 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V
C036 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C119 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 50V
C037 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C120 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V

C038 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V C136 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C041 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V C137 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C042 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C139 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C044 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C200 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V
C046 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068UF 10.00% 25V C203 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

C048 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C204 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 5.00% 50V
C049 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V C206 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C050 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V C209 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V

– 51 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C210 1-126-968-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 50V C653 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C211 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V C654 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V

C212 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V C657 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V
C213 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 50V C660 ! 1-165-539-11 MYLAR 0.22UF 10 275V
C217 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 25V C662 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C218 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22UF 20.00% 50V C665 1-110-626-11 ELECT 330UF 20.00% 160V
C219 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C666 ! 1-165-538-11 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 275V
C220 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C668 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C223 1-128-549-11 ELECT 3300UF 20.00% 35V
C232 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V C670 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V
C234 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C672 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C300 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V C678 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V
C680 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C301 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V
C302 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V C682 1-115-466-91 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 16V
C303 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C685 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V
C304 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C805 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 50V
C308 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C806 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 99% 200V
C807 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C311 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V
C312 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C808 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V
C313 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C809 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C316 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C810 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C317 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 16V C811 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C822 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C318 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C319 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V C825 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C320 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5.00% 50V C826 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C828 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V
C322 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V C830 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C831 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C323 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C325 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V C832 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V C833 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C835 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C600 ! 1-119-895-51 CERAMIC 4700PF 20.00% 250V
C836 1-162-131-11 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 2KV
C602 ! 1-165-538-11 MYLAR 0.1UF 10 275V C837 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF 10.00% 50V
C605 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C838 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C606 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V C839 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V
C609 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C840 ! 1-117-645-11 FILM 11000PF 3.00% 1.2KV
C610 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% 500V
C841 1-117-661-71 FILM 0.15UF 5.00% 250V
C611 1-117-751-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 220UF 20.00% 450V
C842 1-100-123-21 FILM 0.033UF 5% 400V
C612 1-125-893-11 FILM 680PF 3.00% 1.5KV
C844 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C616 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5.00% 50V
C845 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C619 1-130-491-00 MYLAR 0.047UF 5.00% 50V
C846 1-117-767-91 CERAMIC 330PF 10.00% 2KV
C621 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 50V
C847 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C622 ! 1-119-894-51 CERAMIC 2200PF 20.00% 250V C848 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01UF 10.00% 200V
C623 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022UF 10.00% 50V C849 1-106-375-12 MYLAR 0.022UF 99% 200V
C624 1-126-967-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 50V C850 1-106-220-00 MYLAR 0.1UF 10.00% 100V
C625 ! 1-127-942-51 CERAMIC 330PF 10% 250V C851 1-107-675-11 ELECT 1UF 20.00% 450V
C626 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C852 1-117-664-11 FILM 0.27UF 5.00% 250V
C628 1-125-772-91 CERAMIC 1500PF 10.00% 2KV C854 1-126-948-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 35V

C630 1-128-549-11 ELECT 3300UF 20.00% 35V C855 1-107-894-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 35V
C632 1-126-953-11 ELECT 2200UF 20.00% 35V C857 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V
C634 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 25V C858 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47UF 5.00% 50V
C635 1-126-971-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 50V C860 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C637 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C861 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V

C638 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C862 1-162-318-11 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 500V
C639 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C863 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047UF 10.00% 16V
C641 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C867 1-165-441-81 ELECT 33UF 20% 160V
C643 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10.00% 10V C868 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V
C644 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V C869 1-107-654-11 ELECT 33UF 20.00% 250V

C647 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V C876 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C649 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V C877 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C652 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V C878 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V

– 52 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
C882 1-106-363-00 MYLAR 0.0068UF 99% 200V D074 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C904 1-126-957-11 ELECT 0.22UF 20.00% 50V D075 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B
D101 8-719-066-11 1PS184-115
C908 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C909 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V D103 8-759-157-40 UPC574J
C914 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V D107 8-719-074-43 BAS316-115
C915 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V D107 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C917 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5.00% 50V D107 8-719-404-50 MA111-TX
D108 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C918 1-164-346-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 16V
C923 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47UF 20.00% 25V D109 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C940 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D200 8-719-062-51 1PS226-115
C947 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5.00% 50V D201 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C952 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V D202 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D203 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C953 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10.00% 16V
C955 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V D204 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C956 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100UF 20.00% 16V D205 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C967 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2UF 16V D208 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C972 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V D211 8-719-062-51 1PS226-115
D212 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C973 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 50V
C975 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V D213 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C976 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470UF 20.00% 16V D214 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C1019 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22UF 10% 16V D600 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
C1233 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2UF 20.00% 50V D602 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
D603 6-500-481-31 DIODE AM01AV1
C2602 1-102-114-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 50V
C2631 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470PF 10.00% 500V D604 8-719-077-77 D3SB60F3
C2636 1-126-972-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 50V D605 8-719-109-85 RD5.1ESB2
C2648 1-126-952-11 ELECT 1000UF 20.00% 35V D617 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5
D618 8-719-063-70 D1NL20U
D619 6-500-567-11 DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5
<CONNECTOR>
D621 8-719-312-10 RU4AM-T3
CN005 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D622 8-719-085-37 11EQS10-TB5
CN202 * 1-564-506-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P D623 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
CN601 * 1-691-134-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P D624 8-719-510-73 S3L20UF4
CN602 * 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) D629 8-719-109-85 RD5.1ESB2
CN603*! 1-508-786-13 PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P
D633 8-719-923-86 MTZJ-T-77-15
CN902 1-794-656-11 CONNECTOR, SCART 21P D635 8-719-157-97 RD3.6SB
CN904 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P D637 8-719-072-70 MA2ZD14001S0
D638 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D639 8-719-027-22 D3S6M-F
<DIODE>
D804 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77
D002 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D805 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77
D003 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D807 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77
D023 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B D808 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77
D024 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B D809 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77
D025 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B
D815 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B
D054 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D816 8-719-081-00 DIODE BY228/A52A/
D055 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D817 8-719-979-85 EGP20G
D056 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D818 8-719-109-85 RD5.1ESB2
D057 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D819 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
D058 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D820 8-719-908-03 GP08D
D059 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D821 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
D060 8-719-069-54 UDZSTE-175.1B D823 8-719-302-43 EL1Z
D061 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D824 8-719-302-43 EL1Z
D062 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D827 8-719-302-43 EL1Z
D063 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D829 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D064 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D830 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D065 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D903 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D066 8-719-908-03 GP08D D904 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D068 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B D911 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D071 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1
D912 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D072 8-719-081-97 MMDL914T1 D913 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
D072 8-719-404-50 MA111-TX D914 8-719-083-18 DIODE SPB-25MVWF

– 53 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
D915 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B JR012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D918 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B JR013 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

D920 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B JR014 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


D927 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B JR015 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D928 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B JR016 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D930 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B JR017 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D931 8-719-157-97 RD3.6SB JR018 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

D932 8-719-157-97 RD3.6SB JR019 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


D933 6-500-028-01 DIODE MM3Z9V1ST1 JR020 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D933 8-719-069-60 UDZSTE-179.1B JR021 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D933 8-719-070-62 DIODE PDZ9.1B-115 JR024 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
D2625 8-719-510-73 S3L20UF4 JR025 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

JR026 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


<CONNECTOR> JR027 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR036 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
DY800 * 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P JR037 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR038 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

<FUSE> JR040 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


JR041 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
F600 ! 1-576-232-21 FUSE 5A 250V 5A JR050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR093 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<FERRITE BEAD>
JR096 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB001 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR097 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB603 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR098 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB608 1-412-911-31 FERRITE 0UH JR111 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB800 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH JR112 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FB2602 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1UH
JR200 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
FH603 1-533-725-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V JR300 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR600 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
<IC> JR602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

IC001 6-703-512-01 IC TDA11020H/N1A000AK JR800 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


IC002 6-704-532-01 RPM7240-H5 JR805 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC003 8-759-678-07 CAT24WC16JI-TE1 JR901 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC200 6-703-474-01 IC AN17804A JR902 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC601 6-704-263-01 IC STR-F6267S LF1357 JR903 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

IC602 6-703-479-01 IC PQ09RD1SJ00H JR904 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


IC603 6-703-478-01 IC PQ018EF01SZH JR905 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC604 8-759-231-53 TA7805S JR906 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC605 6-705-063-01 IC SE135N-LF38 JR907 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC606 8-759-445-59 BA033T JR1011 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

IC607 8-759-832-05 IC BA18BC0FP-E2 JR1100 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


IC801 6-703-708-01 IC LM2903DT JR1101 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC802 6-701-937-01 IC TJM4558CDT JR1107 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
IC804 6-703-470-01 IC STV9302A JR1108 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR1902 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

<JACK> JR1903 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


JR1907 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
J200 1-770-786-22 JACK
J909 1-779-205-11 JACK, PIN 2P
<COIL>

<CHIP CONDUCTOR> L003 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH


L004 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
JR001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L005 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L006 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L007 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR004 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
JR005 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L008 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L009 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR006 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L010 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L011 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH
JR009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L012 1-412-058-11 INDUCTOR 10UH

– 54 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
L013 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q807 8-729-010-05 MSB709-RT1
L031 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q808 8-729-053-33 IRF614-037
L032 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q814 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
L033 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q903 8-729-010-05 MSB709-RT1
L035 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q908 8-729-424-67 UN2216

L036 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q909 8-729-424-67 UN2216


L037 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH Q910 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
L100 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100UH Q911 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
L104 1-410-989-11 INDUCTOR 0.47UH Q912 8-729-421-22 UN2211
L106 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH Q913 8-729-421-22 UN2211

L600 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH Q8009 8-729-200-17 2SA1091-O


L601 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47UH Q8010 8-729-140-50 2SC3209LK
L602 1-412-529-11 INDUCTOR 22UH
L800 1-424-795-11 COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
<RESISTOR>
L802 1-406-679-11 INDUCTOR 22MH
L803 1-414-493-41 INDUCTOR 4.7MH R001 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
L805 1-408-947-00 INDUCTOR 2.2MH R002 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
L900 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10UH R003 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
L901 1-412-001-31 INDUCTOR 3.9UH R004 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R010 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
L902 1-414-187-11 INDUCTOR 47UH
L903 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH R011 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
L904 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH R012 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
L905 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH R014 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
L906 1-410-993-42 INDUCTOR 1UH R015 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R018 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
L2601 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10UH
R020 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R023 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
<PHOTO COUPLER> R024 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PH600 ! 6-600-187-01 PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22JOOF R026 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R029 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W


<IC LINK> R030 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R038 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PS602 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R039 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R041 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
PS603 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V
PS604 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V
R042 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
PS605 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R044 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
PS2601 ! 1-533-597-41 IC LINK 5A 90V R045 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R046 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R048 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
<TRANSISTOR>
R051 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W
Q001 8-729-421-22 UN2211 R056 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q006 8-729-424-67 UN2216 R058 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q007 8-729-424-67 UN2216 R060 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q008 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1 R061 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
Q013 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
R087 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q016 8-729-421-22 UN2211 R088 1-216-816-11 METAL CHIP 390 5% 1/10W
Q105 8-729-424-67 UN2216 R096 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q106 8-729-424-67 UN2216 R097 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q200 8-729-421-22 UN2211 R098 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q201 8-729-010-05 MSB709-RT1
R099 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
Q202 8-729-010-05 MSB709-RT1 R115 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q206 8-729-421-22 UN2211 R116 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q601 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1 R121 1-215-925-11 METAL OXIDE 22K 5% 3W
Q605 6-550-572-01 TRANSISTOR FN155 R122 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q608 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
R124 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q609 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1 R125 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q803 8-729-140-50 2SC3209LK R128 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
Q804 8-729-200-17 2SA1091-O R130 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
Q805 6-550-410-01 TRANSISTOR 2SC5885 R142 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
Q806 8-729-010-25 MSD601-RT1
R150 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R152 1-218-713-11 METAL CHIP 7.5K 0.5% 1/10W

– 55 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R154 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R401 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W
R203 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R405 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W
R204 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R406 1-260-127-11 CARBON 220K 5% 1/2W
R205 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R411 1-214-909-00 METAL 68K 1% 1/2W
R207 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R412 1-214-773-00 METAL 68K 1% 1/4W
R210 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R413 1-215-457-00 METAL 33K 1% 1/4W
R212 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R414 1-260-336-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W
R213 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W
R416 1-260-107-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/2W
R214 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R420 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R215 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R216 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R217 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W R424 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.5% 1/16W
R218 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R602 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R219 1-249-411-11 CARBON 330 5% 1/4W R609 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R220 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R612 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W
R221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R619 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W
R235 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R620 1-216-363-21 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W
R236 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R621 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R239 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R624 1-215-429-00 METAL 2.2K 1% 1/4W
R240 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R625 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R241 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R627 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
R242 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R631 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R300 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R634 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R301 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R635 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R303 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R636 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R304 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R639 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10W
R307 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R645 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.5% 1/16W
R309 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R646 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.5% 1/10W
R310 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R647 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R311 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R650 ! 1-240-917-91 METAL 8.2M 5% 1W
R312 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R655 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R313 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R656 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R314 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W
R658 1-245-480-21 METAL 560K 1% 1/4W
R315 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W R659 1-245-482-21 METAL 680K 1% 1/4W
R317 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R667 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R320 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R668 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R322 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R820 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R323 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R821 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R324 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R822 1-249-418-11 CARBON 1.2K 5% 1/4W
R331 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R823 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W
R336 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R824 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R337 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R825 1-243-608-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5K 5% 3W
R338 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R826 1-247-891-00 CARBON 330K 5% 1/4W
R339 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R827 1-216-317-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5 5% 2W
R340 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R828 1-243-608-71 METAL OXIDE 1.5K 5% 3W
R341 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R829 1-243-606-71 METAL OXIDE 1K 5% 3W
R355 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R830 1-260-332-51 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/2W
R356 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R831 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R360 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R833 1-260-125-11 CARBON 150K 5% 1/2W
R363 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R834 1-245-468-21 METAL 180K 1% 1/4W
R364 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R835 1-260-125-11 CARBON 150K 5% 1/2W
R379 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W R838 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R380 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R839 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R384 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R843 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R385 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R844 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W
R386 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R846 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R392 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R847 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R393 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R851 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R394 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R852 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W
R395 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R853 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W
R400 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W

– 56 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK
R854 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10W R9023 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R855 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R9025 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9027 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R856 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R9034 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R859 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R9035 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R861 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R864 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R9036 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R865 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R9037 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9039 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R866 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R9040 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R868 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W R9041 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R869 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R870 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R9042 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R871 1-243-692-71 METAL OXIDE 220 5% 1W R9043 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R9044 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R872 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R9045 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R873 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R9046 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R876 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R877 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R9047 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R878 1-216-349-00 METAL OXIDE 1 5% 1W R9051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R9052 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R879 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W R9053 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R880 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W R9057 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R881 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W
R882 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R9062 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R883 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W

R887 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W <RELAY>


R888 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.5% 1/10W
R889 1-243-531-71 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 3W RY600 ! 1-755-198-12 RELAY, AC POWER
R890 1-215-910-00 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 3W
R891 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
<SWITCH>
R893 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W
R895 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W S600 ! 1-571-433-31 SWITCH, PUSH (AC POWER)
R907 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W S800 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER
R908 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R918 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W
SWF100 1-579-273-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
R920 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W SWF101 1-767-873-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
R921 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
R922 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R925 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W <TRANSFORMER>
R926 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
T600 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL
R927 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R928 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W T602 ! 1-439-692-11 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT)
R929 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W T603 ! 1-456-354-11 LINE FILTER COIL
R930 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W T800 1-435-374-11 TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (HDT)
R940 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W T802 ! 1-453-309-21 TRANSFORMER ASSY FLY BACK
(NX-4450//M3A4)
R945 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R947 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R949 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W <THERMISTOR>
R951 1-216-021-00 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/10W
R952 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W THP600! 1-804-530-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
R953 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R954 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W <TEST PIN>
R957 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R967 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W TP02 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R993 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W TP03 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
TP04 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R1201 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W TP601 1-536-354-00 POST PIN
R2646 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4W
R2647 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R8009 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W <VARISTOR>
R8010 1-245-464-21 METAL 120K 1% 1/4W
VDR600 1-804-995-11 VARISTOR
R8011 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R8012 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R8013 1-245-462-21 METAL 100K 1% 1/4W <CRYSTAL>
R9013 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R9021 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W X001 1-795-839-21 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT

– 57 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A C
REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

VARIANT PARTS LIST <COIL>

<SWITCH> L780 1-410-667-31 INDUCTOR 22UH

SWF102 1-767-083-11 FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (KV-14CT1B)


<RESISTOR>

<TUNER> R713 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0


R752 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
TU101 8-598-623-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AC421 R753 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
(KV-14CT1B/1E/1K) R754 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
TU101 8-598-624-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AU621 R756 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
(KV-14CT1U)
R757 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
R758 1-219-746-11 METAL 1K 5% 1/2W
R763 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
************************************************************************************************* R764 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R765 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
* A-1405-473-A MOUNTED PWB, C
***************** R773 1-260-132-11 CARBON 560K 5% 1/2W
R774 1-215-912-11 METAL OXIDE 150 5% 3W
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) R780 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W
R781 1-243-949-71 METAL OXIDE 0.47 5% 2W
<CAPACITOR> R783 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W

C751 1-107-961-91 ELECT 10UF 20.00% 250V R794 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W
C752 1-115-350-51 CERAMIC 0.0047UF 2KV R795 1-260-352-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/2W
C754 1-107-651-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
C781 1-107-960-11 ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% 250V
C782 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001UF 10.00% 50V <VARIABLE RESISTOR>

C783 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V RV750 1-241-656-11 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M
C786 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% 50V
C787 1-164-645-11 CERAMIC 1000PF 10.00% 500V
*************************************************************************************************
<CONNECTOR>
ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS
CN701 * 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P ***************************************
CN703 * 1-564-508-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
CN704 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) 1-501-615-32 ANTENNA, LOOP (KV-14CT1U)
CN705 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) 1-501-939-12 ANTENNA, TELESCOPIC
(KV-14CT1B/1E/1K)
* 4-093-050-01 CUSHION (PULP), UPPER
<DIODE> * 4-093-051-01 CUSHION (PULP), LOWER
* 4-093-115-01 INDIVIDUAL CARTON
D750 8-719-908-03 GP08D
D754 8-719-970-83 HSS82-TJ * 4-206-555-01 BAG, PROTECTION
D755 8-719-970-83 HSS82-TJ 4-093-927-12 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1B)
D756 8-719-970-83 HSS82-TJ 4-093-927-72 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1B)
D780 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77 4-093-927-22 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)

D781 8-719-991-33 1SS133T-77 * 4-093-927-32 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)


D782 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B 4-093-927-42 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)
4-093-927-62 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1K)
4-093-927-52 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1U)
<IC>

IC751 6-703-482-01 IC TDA6108AJF/N1


*************************************************************************************************

<JACK> REMOTE COMMANDER


**********************
J751 ! 1-451-544-11 SOCKET, CRT
1-477-861-11 STANDARDTYPE COMMANDER RM-W100

Sony Corporation
Sony Technology Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
English
9-872-366-01 Visual Products  2003.8

– 58 –
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4-093-927-12(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Mode d’emploi FR

Bedienungsanleitung DE

Manuale d’Istruzioni IT

Gebruiksaanwijzing NL

KV-21CT1B
KV-14CT1B
© 2003 Sony Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Introduction
0HUFLG·DYRLUFKRLVLFHWpOpYLVHXUFRXOHXU6RQ\j(FUDQ3ODW)'7ULQLWURQ

$YDQWG·XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUOLVH]DWWHQWLYHPHQWFHPDQXHOHWFRQVHUYH]OHSRXUYRXV\
UpIpUHUHQVXLWH
6\PEROHVXWLOLVpVGDQVFHPDQXHO
‡ 5HPDUTXHVLPSRUWDQWHV ‡ /HVWRXFKHVQRLUHVGHOD
WpOpFRPPDQGHLQGLTXHQWVXUTXHOOHV
‡ ,QIRUPDWLRQFRQFHUQDQWODIRQFWLRQ
WRXFKHVDSSX\HUSRXUH[pFXWHUOHV
‡ ,QVWUXFWLRQVjVXLYUH GLYHUVHVIRQFWLRQV
‡ 5pVXOWDWGHVLQVWUXFWLRQV

Table des matières


,QWURGXFWLRQ 
&RQVLJQHVGHVpFXULWp
Description générale
3UpVHQWDWLRQJpQpUDOHGHVWRXFKHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGH 
3UpVHQWDWLRQJpQpUDOHGHVWRXFKHVGXWpOpYLVHXU  
Installation
,QVHUWLRQGHVSLOHVGDQVODWpOpFRPPDQGH  
FR
%UDQFKHPHQWGHO·DQWHQQHDPRYLEOH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW  
%UDQFKHPHQWGHO·DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHHWGXPDJQpWRVFRSH 
Première mise en service
0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHWPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXU  
Système des menus
,QWURGXFWLRQDX6\VWqPHGHVPHQXVHWVRQXWLOLVDWLRQ 
,PDJH  
6RQ 
7HPSRULVDWLRQ 
5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHV  
5pJODJH  
Télétexte  
Informations complémentaires
&RQQH[LRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQ  
8WLOLVDWLRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQ  
6SpFLILFDWLRQV  
'pSDQQDJH  
/HVSULQFLSDX[pPHWWHXUVIUDQoDLV  

Table des matières 3


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Consignes de sécurité

3RXUGHVUDLVRQVHQYLURQQHPHQWDOHVHW 1·LQWURGXLVH]MDPDLVDXFXQREMHWGDQV
&HPRGqOHIRQFWLRQQHXQLTXHPHQWVXU GHVpFXULWpLOHVWUHFRPPDQGpGHQH OHWpOpYLVHXUDILQGHQHSDVULVTXHUXQ
WHQVLRQVHFWHXUGHYROWV1H SDVODLVVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUHQYHLOOH FKRFpOHFWULTXH$VVXUH]YRXVGHQH
FRQQHFWH]SDVWURSG·DSSDUHLOVVXUOD ORUVTXHYRXVQHO·XWLOLVH]SDV3RXUGHV MDPDLVUHQYHUVHUGHOLTXLGHGDQV
PrPHSULVHDILQGHQHSDVULVTXHUXQ SpULRGHVSURORQJpHVG·LQXWLOLVDWLRQ O·DSSDUHLO6LXQOLTXLGHRXXQREMHW
LQFHQGLHRXXQFKRFpOHFWULTXH GpEUDQFKH]OHGHODSULVHGHFRXUDQW SpQpWUDLWGDQVOHWpOpYLVHXU
GpEUDQFKH]OHSDUODSULVHVHFWHXUHW
QHO·XWLOLVH]SOXVDYDQWVDYpULILFDWLRQ
SDUOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWH

1·RXYUH]SDVOHFDSRWHWOHERvWLHU 3RXUYRWUHVpFXULWpQHWRXFKH]DXFXQH 3RXUpFDUWHUWRXWULVTXHG·LQFHQGLHRX


DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU&RQWDFWH] SDUWLHGXWpOpYLVHXUFRUGRQVHFWHXURX G·pOHFWURFXWLRQQ·H[SRVH]SDVOH
WRXMRXUVOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWHHQFDV FkEOHG·DQWHQQHORUVG·XQRUDJH WpOpYLVHXUjO·KXPLGLWpRXjODSOXLH
GHSUREOqPH

1·REVWUXH]MDPDLVOHVRULILFHV
G·DpUDWLRQGXWpOpYLVHXU3RXUXQH 1HSRVH]MDPDLVOHWpOpYLVHXUGDQVXQ 3RXUQHSDVULVTXHUXQLQFHQGLH
DpUDWLRQFRUUHFWHODLVVH]WRXMRXUVXQ HQGURLWFKDXGKXPLGHRXWURS pORLJQH]GXWpOpYLVHXUWRXWREMHW
HVSDFHOLEUHG·DXPRLQVFPDXWRXU SRXVVLpUHX[1HO·LQVWDOOH]SDVGDQVXQ LQIODPPDEOHRXOXPLqUHLQFDQGHVFHQWH
GHO·DSSDUHLO VXUWRXWVLYRXV HQGURLWRLOSRXUUDLWrWUHVRXPLVjGHV SDUH[HPSOHGHVERXJLHV 
O·HQFDVWUH]GDQVXQPHXEOH  YLEUDWLRQVPpFDQLTXHV

1HWWR\H]O·pFUDQHWOHFRIIUHWGHYRWUH
WpOpYLVHXUDYHFXQFKLIIRQGRX[
OpJqUHPHQWKXPLGH1·XWLOLVH]SDVGH 'pEUDQFKH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSDUODILFKH
WDPSRQDEUDVLIG·DSSDUHLOGH 3UHQH]JDUGHGHQHSDVSODFHUGHV
G·DOLPHQWDWLRQ1HWLUH]SDVVXUOH REMHWVORXUGVVXUOHFRUGRQ
QHWWR\DJHDOFDOLQGHSRXGUH FRUGRQ
UpFXUUHQWHRXGHVROYDQWFRPPHGH G·DOLPHQWDWLRQDILQGHQHSDV
O·DOFRROGXEHQ]LQHRXXQYDSRULVDWHXU O·HQGRPPDJHU
DQWLVWDWLTXH&RPPHSUpFDXWLRQGH 1RXVYRXVUHFRPPDQGRQVGHQHSDV
VpFXULWpQRXVYRXVUHFRPPDQGRQVGH HQURXOHUGHFRUGRQWURSORQJDXWRXU
WRXMRXUVGpEUDQFKHUOHWpOpYLVHXUDYDQW GHVVXSSRUWVjO·DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU
OHQHWWR\DJH

'pEUDQFKH]OHWpOpYLVHXUGXFRXUDQW
VHFWHXUDYDQWGHOHGpSODFHU'·XQH 1HFRXYUH]SDVOHV]RQHVG·DpUDWLRQGX
,QVWDOOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUVXUXQPHXEOH IDoRQJpQpUDOHSHQGDQWVRQWUDQVSRUW
VWDEOH1HSHUPHWWH]SDVDX[HQIDQWV WpOpYLVHXUDYHFGHVpOpPHQWVWHOVTXH
pYLWH]OHVYLEUDWLRQVHWOHV GHVULGHDX[GHVMRXUQDX[HWF
GHPRQWHUGHVVXV1HSODFH]SDVOH GpIRUPDWLRQV6LOHWpOpYLVHXUWRPEDLW
WpOpYLVHXUVXUXQF{WpRXVXUODIDoDGH RXpWDLWHQGRPPDJpIDLWHVOHYpULILHU
LPPpGLDWHPHQWSDUOHVHUYLFHDSUqV
YHQWH

4 Consignes de sécurité

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Présentation générale des touches de la télécommande
Visualisation de
l’information sur l’écran Eteindre temporairement le téléviseur
$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU $SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUpWHLQGUHWHPSRUDLUHPHQWOH
SUpVHQWHUWRXWHVOHVLQIRUPDWLRQV WpOpYLVHXU OHYR\DQWGHPLVHHQYHLOOH1 V·pFODLUHUD $SSX\H]j
VXUO·pFUDQ$SSX\H]jQRXYHDX QRXYHDXSRXUDOOXPHUOHWpOpYLVHXUjSDUWLUGXPRGHYHLOOH VWDQGE\ 
SRXUOHVIDLUHGLVSDUDvWUH 3RXUXQHPHLOOHXUHpFRQRPLH
Coupure du son G·pQHUJLHLOHVWFRQVHLOOp
$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU G·pWHLQGUHFRPSOqWHPHQWOH
FRXSHUOHVRQ WpOpYLVHXUORUVTX·RQQHO·XWLOLVH
$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXSRXUOH SDV
UpFXSpUHU (QO·DEVHQFHGHVLJQDO
Sélection de la source DQWHQQHVLO·RQQ·DSSXLHVXU
d’entrée DXFXQHWRXFKHOHWpOpYLVHXU
$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH SDVVHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQ
WRXFKHMXVTX·jFHTXHOHV\PEROH PRGHYHLOOH VWDQGE\ DXERXWGH
GHODVRXUFHG·HQWUpHDSSDUDLVVH A/B PLQXWHV
VXUO·pFUDQ Sélection du mode TV
&HWWHWRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHTX·HQ $SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
PRGHWpOpWH[WH GpVDFWLYHUOHWpOpWH[WHRXO·HQWUpH
/DIRQFWLRQ$%DVVRFLpHjFHWWH 1 2 3 YLGpR
WRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHSDVVXUFH Retour à la dernière chaîne
WpOpYLVHXU 4 5 6 $SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
Sélection des chaînes WRXFKHSRXUUHYHQLUjODGHUQLqUH
$SSX\H]VXUFHVWRXFKHVSRXU 7 8 9 FKDvQHVpOHFWLRQQpH ODFKDvQH
VpOHFWLRQQHUOHVFKDvQHV SUpFpGHQWHGRLWDYRLUpWpYLVLRQ
3RXUGHVQXPpURVGHFKDvQHj QpHSHQGDQWVHFRQGHVDX
GHX[FKLIIUHVDSSX\H]VXUOH 0 PRLQV  FR
WURLVLqPHFKLIIUHUDSLGHPHQW PROG Sélection des chaînes
RX $SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
VpOHFWLRQQHUODFKDvQHVXLYDQWHRX
$SSX\H]VXUHWHQVXLWHVXUOH ODFKDvQHSUpFpGHQWH
SUHPLHUHWOHVHFRQGFKLIIUH Activation du Système des
6LYRXVYRXVWURPSH]HQ Menus
LQWURGXLVDQWOHSUHPLHUFKLIIUH MENU $SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
LQWURGXLVH]FHSHQGDQWOH TXHOHPHQXDSSDUDLVVHVXU
GHX[LqPHFKLIIUH GHj HW O·pFUDQ$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXSRXU
UpSpWH]HQVXLWHO·RSpUDWLRQ OHGpVDFWLYHU
Marche Temporaire Touches de sélection du
5pJOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSRXUTX·LOVH menu
PHWWHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVRXV 0RQWHUG·XQQLYHDX
WHQVLRQ 'HVFHQGUHG·XQQLYHDX
Arrêt Temporaire $OOHUDXPHQXRXjOD
5pJOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSRXUTX·LOVH VpOHFWLRQSUpFpGHQWH
PHWWHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWKRUV $OOHUDXPHQXRXjOD
WHQVLRQ VpOHFWLRQVXLYDQWH
TV
7RXFKHVDQVIRQFWLRQVXUFHW &RQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ
DSSDUHLO Sélection du Télétexte
Réglage du volume $SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU DIILFKHUOHWpOpWH[WH
UpJOHUOHYROXPHGXWpOpYLVHXU Sélection du format de
&HWWHWRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHTX·HQ l’écran
PRGHWpOpWH[WH $SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
/DIRQFWLRQ9DVVRFLpHjFHWWHWRXFKH WRXFKHSRXUSDVVHUGXIRUPDWGH
QHIRQFWLRQQHSDVVXUFHWpOpYLVHXU O·pFUDQ LPDJH
Sélection du mode d’image FRQYHQWLRQQHOOH jXQHLPDJHDX
$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH IRUPDW
WRXFKHSRXUFKDQJHUGHPRGH
G·LPDJH

2XWUHOHVIRQFWLRQVGHWpOpYLVLRQWRXWHVOHVWRXFKHVGHFRXOHXUVRQWDXVVLXWLOLVpHVSRXUOHV
IRQFWLRQVGHWpOpWH[WH3RXUWRXWUHQVHLJQHPHQWFRPSOpPHQWDLUHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH
´7pOpWH[WHµGHFHPRGHG·HPSORL YRLUSDJH 
Description générale 5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Présentation générale des touches du
téléviseur

$FWLYDWLRQ 7RXFKHGH 7RXFKHVGH 7RXFKHGH


GX6\VWqPH VpOHFWLRQGH FRQWU{OHGX VpOHFWLRQGHV
GHV0HQXV ODVRXUFH VRQ FKDvQHV
G·HQWUpH

3ULVHHQWUpH 3ULVHHQWUpH 3ULVH


5HOHYH]OH ,QGLFDWHXU ,QWHUUXSWHXU YLGpR DXGLR FDVTXH
FRXYHUFOHVXU GHPLVHHQ PDUFKHDUUrW
OHTXHOODPDUTXH YHLOOH
HVWLQVFULWH VWDQGE\
SRXUDFFpGHUDX
SDQQHDXGH
FRPPDQGH

Insertion des piles dans la télécommande


9pULILH]TXHOHVSLOHVVRQWFRUUHFWHPHQWSODFpHV
5HVSHFWH]O·HQYLURQQHPHQWGpSRVH]OHVSLOHVXVDJpHVGDQVOHVFRQWHQHXUVSUpYXVjFHW
HIIHW

6 Description générale-Installation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Branchement de l’antenne amovible
(pour KV-14CT1B uniquement)
3RXUXQHPHLOOHXUHUpFHSWLRQGHO·LPDJHQRXVYRXVFRQVHLOORQVGHFRQQHFWHUO·DSSDUHLOj
XQHDQWHQQHH[WpULHXUH&HSHQGDQWVLYRXVQHGLVSRVH]SDVG·DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHPDLVTXH
OHVLJQDO9+)8+)HVWVXIILVDPPHQWIRUWYRXVSRXYH]FRQQHFWHUO·DQWHQQHWpOHVFRSLTXH
IRXUQLHDYHFFHWDSSDUHLOFRPPHLQGLTXpFLGHVVRXV

1 ,QVpUH]O·DQWHQQHGDQVODUDLQXUHVLWXpHVXUODSDUWLHVXSpULHXUHGX
WpOpYLVHXUMXVTX·jFHTX·HOOHIDVVH´FOLFµ

2 &RQQHFWH]OHFkEOHGHO·DQWHQQHDXFRQQHFWHXUDUULqUHGHO·DSSDUHLO.

FR
3 $OOXPH]O·DSSDUHLOHWRULHQWH]O·DQWHQQHGHIDoRQjREWHQLUXQH
ERQQHUpFHSWLRQGHO·LPDJH

Branchement de l’antenne extérieure et du


magnétoscope
/HVFkEOHVGHFRQQH[LRQQHVRQWSDVIRXUQLV

RX

PDJQpWRVFRSH
OUT IN

/HEUDQFKHPHQWSDUFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOHVWSUpVHQWpHQRSWLRQ
3RXUGHSOXVDPSOHVGpWDLOVVXUOHEUDQFKHPHQWGXPDJQpWRVFRSHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH
´&RQQH[LRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQµGHFHPRGHG·HPSORL YRLUSDJH 
Installation 7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Mise sous tension et mémorisation
automatique des chaînes du téléviseur
/DSUHPLqUHIRLVTXHYRXVDOOXPHUH]OHWpOpYLVHXUXQHVpTXHQFHGHPHQXVDSSDUDvWUDVXU
O pFUDQ(OOHYRXVSHUPHWWUDGH VpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHGHVpFUDQVGHPHQXV
 VpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]XWLOLVHUO DSSDUHLO FKHUFKHUHWPpPRULVHU
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWWRXWHVOHVFKDvQHVGLVSRQLEOHV pPHWWHXUV79  PRGLILHUO RUGUHGDQV
OHTXHOOHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV79 DSSDUDLVVHQWVXUO pFUDQHW UpJOHUO LQFOLQDLVRQGH
O LPDJH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW 
&HSHQGDQWVLDXERXWG XQFHUWDLQWHPSVYRXVGHYH]jQRXYHDXFKDQJHUODODQJXHGHV
PHQXVRXGHSD\VUHSUHQGUHODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXH HQFDVGHGpPpQDJHPHQWSDU
H[ RXPRGLILHUO RUGUHGHVFDQDX[YRXVSRXYH]OHIDLUHHQVpOHFWLRQQDQWOHPHQX
DSSURSULp  5pJODJH RX  5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHV 

1 &RQQHFWH]O LQWHUUXSWHXUGXWpOpYLVHXUjODSULVHGHFRXUDQW
9&$+] $SSX\H]VXUO LQWHUUXSWHXUPDUFKHDUUrW
!GHODSDUWLHIURQWDOHGXWpOpYLVHXUSRXUO DOOXPHU/DSUHPLqUH
IRLVTXHYRXVDOOXPHUH]OHWpOpYLVHXUOHPHQX/DQJXDJH
/DQJXH DSSDUDvWUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO pFUDQ

2 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²VXUOHSDQQHDXGHFRPPDQGH Language
VXSpULHXUSRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHSXLVDSSX\H]VXUtSRXU Svenska

FRQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ$SDUWLUGHFHPRPHQWWRXVOHVPHQXV
Norsk
English
DSSDUDvWURQWGDQVODODQJXHTXHYRXVDYH]FKRLVLH Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

3 /HPHQX3D\VDSSDUDvWUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO pFUDQ$SSX\H] Pays


VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOYRXV Sverige
Norge
GpVLUH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKHt –
SRXUFRQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
6LOHSD\VRYRXVDOOH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUQHILJXUHSDVVXUOD Sélection pays
Sélect. [–2+] Confirm.[t]
OLVWHVpOHFWLRQQH]´µDXOLHXGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQSD\V

4 $VVXUH]YRXVTXHOHFkEOHG·DQWHQQHHVWFRUUHFWHPHQWEUDQFKp Réglage initial


VXLYDQWOHVLQVWUXFWLRQVIRXUQLHVSXLVDSSX\H]VXUtSRXU Connectez l'antenne

FRQILUPHU/HUpJODJHHWODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHWRXVOHV Réglage des chaînes en


FDQDX[ pPHWWHXUV79 GLVSRQLEOHVFRPPHQFHQW automatique?
Oui
‡&HSURFHVVXVSHXWGHPDQGHUTXHOTXHVPLQXWHV6R\H] Non

SDWLHQWHWQ DSSX\H]VXUDXFXQHWRXFKHWDQWTXHGXUHUDOH Sélect. [–2+] Confirm. [t] Fin [MENU]

SURFHVVXVGHPpPRULVDWLRQ6LQRQOHSURFHVVXVQHVHUDLWSDV
FRPSOHW Mémorisation auto.

‡ 6LOHWpOpYLVHXUQ DWURXYpDXFXQHFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 DSUqV Pas de chaîne trouvée

ODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHYRXVYHUUH]DSSDUDvWUHVXU Merci de brancher l'antenne

O pFUDQXQPHVVDJHYRXVGHPDQGDQWGHEUDQFKHUO DQWHQQH OK

9HXLOOH]ODEUDQFKHUFRPPHLQGLTXpjODSDJH GHFHPDQXHO
HWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKHt/HSURFHVVXVGH Confirm. [t] Fin [MENU]

PpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHUHSUHQGUD

8 Première mise en service

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5 /RUVTXHWRXWHVOHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV79 RQWpWpUpJOpHVHW Ordre des chaînes
PpPRULVpHVOHPHQX2UGUHGHVFKDvQHVDSSDUDvW Chaînes:
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO·pFUDQ,OSHUPHWGHFKDQJHUO·RUGUH 01 TVE
02 TVE2
G·DSSDULWLRQGHVFKDvQHVVXUO·pFUDQ 03 TV3
04 C33
a) 6LYRXVQHGpVLUH]SDVFKDQJHUO·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVDSSX\H]VXU Sélect. canal
0(18 Sélect. [– 2+] Confirm. [t] Quit. [MENU]

b) 6LYRXVGpVLUH]FKDQJHUO·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHV
/HFKDQJHPHQWGHO·HPSODFHPHQWG·XQHFKDvQHERXOHYHUVHUD Ordre des chaînes
Chaînes:
O·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVVXLYDQWHV,OIDXWGRQFFRPPHQFHUFHWWH 01 TVE
UpRUJDQLVDWLRQGDQVO·RUGUHFURLVVDQW H[7)VXUOHQXPpUR 02 TVE2

)UDQFHVXUOHQXPpUR)UDQFHVXUOHQXPpURHWF
03 TV3
04 C33 03 TV3
Sélect. nouveau N o
 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQXPpUR Sélect. [– 2+] Confirm. [t] Quit. [MENU]
GHODFKDvQHHWOHFDQDO pPHWWHXU79 TXHYRXVGpVLUH]
FKDQJHUGHSODFHHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUt
 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQRXYHDX
QXPpURGHFKDvQHVRXVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]PpPRULVHUOH
FDQDO pPHWWHXU79 VpOHFWLRQQpHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUt
 5HSUHQH]jE HWE VLYRXVGpVLUH]UpRUJDQLVHUG DXWUHV
FKDvQHVGHWpOpYLVLRQ

6 /·RSWLRQVXLYDQWHHVWXQLTXHPHQWGLVSRQLEOHSRXUOH
.9&7%
Rotation d'image FR
'XIDLWGXPDJQpWLVPHWHUUHVWUHO LPDJHSHXWDSSDUDvWUHSHQFKpH [– 2] [2+]
/HPHQX5RWDWLRQG·LPDJHYRXVSHUPHWGHUpJOHUO LPDJHVL Sélect. [– 2+] Confirm. [t] Fin [MENU]
QpFHVVDLUH
a) 6LFHODQ HVWSDVQpFHVVDLUHDSSX\H]VXUt
b) 6LFHODV DYqUHQpFHVVDLUHDSSX\H]VXU2²SRXUUHFWLILHU
WRXWHLQFOLQDLVRQGHO LPDJH)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
tSRXUODPpPRULVHU

‡ 3RXUTXHOHPHQXDSSDUDLVVHGHQRXYHDXPDLQWHQH]HQIRQFpHODWRXFKH0(18GX
SDQQHDXGHFRPPDQGHVXSpULHXUSHQGDQWFLQTVHFRQGHVHQYLURQ
‡ /HVWRXFKHV0(18 HW    GHODWpOpFRPPDQGHSHXYHQWpJDOHPHQWrWUH
XWLOLVpHVSRXUHIIHFWXHUOHVRSpUDWLRQVFLGHVVXV
/HWpOpYLVHXUHVWSUrWjIRQFWLRQQHU

Première mise en service 9


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introduction au Système des menus et son utilisation
&HWpOpYLVHXUXWLOLVHXQV\VWqPHGHPHQXVVXUpFUDQSRXUYRXVJXLGHUGDQVOHVGLYHUVHV
RSpUDWLRQVTXHYRXVHIIHFWXH]8WLOLVH]OHVWRXFKHVVXLYDQWHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGHSRXU
SDVVHUG XQPHQXjO DXWUH

1 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH0(18SRXUSUpVHQWHUOHSUHPLHUQLYHDXGHPHQXVXU
O pFUDQ

2 ‡3RXUREWHQLUOHPHQXRXO RSWLRQGpVLUpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX 


‡3RXUHQWUHUGDQVOHPHQXRXO RSWLRQVpOHFWLRQQpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
‡3RXUUHYHQLUDXPHQXRXjO RSWLRQSUpFpGHQWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
‡3RXUPRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGHO RSWLRQVpOHFWLRQQpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
  RX 
‡3RXUFRQILUPHUHWPpPRULVHUYRWUHVpOHFWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 

3 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH0(18SRXUUHYHQLUjO LPDJHWpOpYLVpH

 Image
Image Image
/HPHQX´OPDJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
Mode: Studio Mode: Studio PRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGHO LPDJH
Contrôle de l'image Contrôle de l'image
Image intelligente: Oui Image intelligente: Oui 3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ
TXHYRXVGpVLUH]PRGLILHUDSSX\H]
Sélect. Confirm. Fin
VXUODWRXFKH 3XLVDSSX\H]
Sélect. Confirm. Fin

SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXU   RX 
SRXUPRGLILHUOHUpJODJHHWHQVXLWH
VXU SRXUHQWUHUFHQRXYHDX
UpJODJHHQPpPRLUH
&HPHQXYRXVSHUPHWDXVVLGH
PRGLILHUOHPRGHGHO LPDJHVXLYDQW
OHW\SHGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVrWHVHQ
WUDLQGHUHJDUGHU

0RGH 6WXGLR SRXUUpJOHUOHFRQWUDVWHHWODQHWWHWpGHO·LPDJH 


&LQpPD SRXUXQHLPDJHPHWWDQWOHVGpWDLOVHQYDOHXU 
-HX[ SRXUOHVMHX[VXUFRQVROH 
3HUVRQQHO SRXUXQUpJODJHHQIRQFWLRQGHYRVSUpIpUHQFHV 

&RQWU{OHGH &RQWUDVWH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUpGXLUHOHFRQWUDVWHGH


O LPDJH O·LPDJH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUHQIRUFHUOHFRQWUDVWH
GHO·LPDJH

10 Système des menus

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


/XPLQRVLWp $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUREWHQLUXQHLPDJHSOXV
VRPEUH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUREWHQLUXQHLPDJHSOXV
OXPLQHXVH

&RXOHXUV $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUpGXLUHO·LQWHQVLWpGHV


FRXOHXUV
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUDXJPHQWHUO·LQWHQVLWp
GHVFRXOHXUV

7HLQWH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUDIIDLEOLUOHVWRQVYHUWV


$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXULQWHQVLILHUOHVWRQV
YHUWV

7HLQWHQHSHXWrWUHUpJOpSRXUOHVLJQDOFRXOHXU176& SH[YLGpRV
SURYHQDQWGHV(WDWV8QLV 

1HWWHWp $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUDGRXFLUO·LPDJH


$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUDYLYHUO·LPDJH

5j= 6pOHFWLRQQH] SRXUUDPHQHUO·LPDJHjODFRQILJXUDWLRQ


G·XVLQH

,PDJH 2XL$UUrW 6pOHFWLRQQH]SRXURSWLPLVHUODTXDOLWpG·LPDJH


LQWHOOLJHQWH 3DUH[HPSOHUpGXLUHOHQLYHDXVRQRUHORUVTXHOHVLJQDOHVW
IDLEOH FR

 $FKDTXHPRGLILFDWLRQGXUpJODJH´&RQWU{OHGHO LPDJHµ´0RGHµSDVVH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWj´3HUVRQQHOµHWOHQRXYHDXUpJODJHHVWHQUHJLVWUpVRXV´3HUVRQQHOµ

Son


/HPHQX´6RQµSHUPHWGHPRGLILHU
Son
Volume auto.: Arrêt
Son
Volume auto.: Arrêt
OHVSDUDPqWUHVGXVRQ

Sélect. Confirm. Fin Sélect. Confirm. Fin

9ROXPHDXWR 2XL$UUrW
/HQLYHDXGXYROXPHGHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV 79 GRLWUHVWHUVWDEOH
LQGpSHQGDPPHQWGXVLJQDOpPLV SH[GDQVOHFDVG·DQQRQFHVSXEOLFLWDLUHV 

Système des menus 11


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
 Temporisation
/HPHQX´7HPSRULVDWLRQµYRXV
Temporisation Temporisation
Arrêt tempo.: Arrêt Arrêt tempo.: Arrêt SHUPHWGHPRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGX
Marche tempo.: Arrêt Marche tempo.: Arrêt SURJUDPPDWHXU

Sélect. Confirm. Fin Sélect. Confirm. Fin

$UUrW7HPSRUDLUH /·RSWLRQ´$UUrWWHPSRµTXLIDLWSDUWLHGXPHQX´7HPSRULVDWLRQµ
YRXVSHUPHWGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQWHPSVDSUqVOHTXHOOHWpOpYLVHXU
SDVVHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQPRGHG DUUrWWHPSRUDLUH VWDQGE\ 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVVXU
RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODGXUpH KHXUHPLQXWHVDXSOXV HW
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWHUFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpHHQ
PpPRLUH

‡ 6LSHQGDQWTXHYRXVUHJDUGH]ODWpOpYLVLRQYRXVGpVLUH]
VDYRLUOHWHPSVTXLUHVWHDYDQWO DUUrWDSSX\H]VXUOD
WRXFKH 
‡ 8QHPLQXWHDYDQWTXHOHWpOpYLVHXUQHSDVVHHQPRGH
G DWWHQWHOHPHVVDJH´/HWpOpYDV DUUrWHUµV DIILFKH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWjO pFUDQGXWpOpYLVHXU

0DUFKH / RSWLRQ´0DUFKHWHPSRµTXLIDLWSDUWLHGXPHQX
7HPSRUDLUH ´7HPSRULVDWLRQµYRXVSHUPHWGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQHSpULRGHGH
WHPSVDSUqVODTXHOOHOHWpOpYLVHXUVHFRQQHFWHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQW
jSDUWLUGXPRGHG DUUrWWHPSRUDLUH VWDQGE\ 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVVXU
ODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODGXUpH KHXUHVDXSOXV 
HWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWUHUFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpHHQ
PpPRLUH)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH&/1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH
VWDQGE\ GHODWpOpFRPPDQGHHWORUVTXHOHWHPSVIL[pVHVHUD
pFRXOpOHWpOpYLVHXUV DOOXPHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQW8QHIRLVOHGpODL
VpOHFWLRQQppFRXOpOHWpOpYLVHXUVHPHWDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVRXV
WHQVLRQHW´0DUFKHWHPSRµV DIILFKHjO pFUDQ

‡ /·LQGLFDWHXU1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH VWDQGE\ GXWpOpYLVHXU


V DOOXPHHQRUDQJHSRXULQGLTXHUTXHODIRQFWLRQGH
PLQXWHULH´0DUFKHWHPSRµHVWDFWLYpH
‡ 7RXWHSDQQHRXFRXSXUHGHFRXUDQWDQQXOHUDFHWWH
IRQFWLRQ
‡ 6LDXFXQHWRXFKHQ HVWDFWLYpHSHQGDQWSOXVG XQHKHXUH
DSUqVODPLVHVRXVWHQVLRQGXWpOpYLVHXUjO DLGHGHOD
IRQFWLRQ´0DUFKHWHPSRµOHWpOpYLVHXUSDVVH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQPRGHG DWWHQWH

12 Système des menus

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Réglage des chaînes
/HPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµYRXV
SHUPHWGHSUpVpOHFWLRQQHUGHVFKDvQHV
Réglage des chaînes Réglage des chaînes
Mémorisation auto. Mémorisation auto.
Ordre des chaînes Ordre des chaînes VXUFHWpOpYLVHXU
Noms des chaînes Noms des chaînes
Mémorisation manuelle Mémorisation manuelle

Sélect. Confirm. Fin Sélect. Confirm. Fin

0pPRULVDWLRQ / RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQDXWRµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµ
DXWRPDWLTXHV SHUPHWDXWpOpYLVHXUGHFKHUFKHUHWGHPpPRULVHUWRXVOHVFDQDX[
pPHWWHXUV79 GLVSRQLEOHV
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HW
SURFpGH]HQVXLWHFRPPHLQGLTXpDXFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHW
PHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµpWDSH
YRLUSDJH 

2UGUHGHVFKDvQHV / RSWLRQ´2UGUHGHVFKDvQHVµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµ
YRXVSHUPHWGHFKDQJHUO RUGUHG DSSDULWLRQGHVFDQDX[
pPHWWHXUV79 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HW FR
SURFpGH]HQVXLWHFRPPHLQGLTXpGDQVOHFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXV
WHQVLRQHWPHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµ
pWDSHE  YRLUSDJH 

1RPVGHVFKDvQHV / RSWLRQ´1RPVGHVFKDvQHVµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµYRXV
SHUPHWG DWWULEXHUjXQHFKDvQHXQQRPGHFLQTFDUDFWqUHV
PD[LPXP
3RXUFHOD
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODFKDvQHTXH
YRXVGpVLUH]QRPPHUSXLVDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
 $SSX\H]VXU /RUVTXHOHSUHPLHUpOpPHQWGHODFRORQQH
1RPHVWPLVHQYDOHXUDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXU
VpOHFWLRQQHUXQHOHWWUHXQFKLIIUHRX´BµSRXUXQHVSDFHHQ
EODQFHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKH SRXUFRQILUPHUFH
FDUDFWqUH6pOHFWLRQQH]OHVTXDWUHDXWUHVFDUDFWqUHVGHODPrPH
IDoRQHWDSSX\H]HQILQVXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHVPpPRULVHU
YRLUSDJHVXLYDQWH693

Système des menus 13


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
0pPRULVDWLRQ / RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHV
PDQXHOOH FKDvQHVµYRXVSHUPHW
a) 'HUpJOHUOHVFDQDX[ pPHWWHXUV79 RXXQHHQWUpHPDJQHWRVFRSH
GDQVO RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVTXHYRXVGpVLUH]
3RXUFHOD
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµ
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH / RSWLRQ&KDvQHpWDQWPLVHHQUHOLHI
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX
SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQXPpURGHFKDvQHVXUOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]
PpPRULVHUXQpPHWWHXU79RXOHFDQDOYLGpR SRXUOHFDQDOYLGpR
QRXVYRXVFRQVHLORQVGHVpOHFWLRQHUODFKDvQHVQXPpUR´µ 
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
/ RSWLRQVXLYDQWHDSSDUDvWUDXQLTXHPHQWVXLYDQWOHSD\V
VpOHFWLRQQpGDQVOHPHQX´/DQJXH3D\Vµ
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ1RUPHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOD
QRUPHG pPLVVLRQGHWpOpYLVLRQ %*SRXUO (XURSHRFFLGHQWDOH/
SRXUOD)UDQFH,SRXUOD*UDQGH%UHWDJQHRX'.SRXUO·(XURSH
GHO·(VW $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ&DQDODSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHU
OHW\SHGHFDQDO ´&µSRXUOHVFKDvQHVKHUW]LHQQHVRX´6µSRXU
OHVFKDvQHVFkEOpHV $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVDSSX\H]
VXUOHVWRXFKHVQXPpULTXHVSRXULQWURGXLUHGLUHFWHPHQWOH
QXPpURGXFDQDOGHO pPHWWHXU79RXFHOXLGXVLJQDOGXFDQDO
YLGpR6LYRXVQHFRQQDLVVH]SDVOHQXPpURGXFDQDODSSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUOHFKHUFKHU/RUVTXHYRXV
WURXYHUH]OHFDQDOTXHYRXVGpVLUH]HQWUHUHQPpPRLUH
DSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUODWRXFKH 
5HSUHQH]WRXWHVFHVpWDSHVSRXUUpJOHUHWPpPRULVHUG DXWUHVFDQDX[
b) 0rPHORUVTXHODIRQFWLRQGHUpJODJHILQDXWRPDWLTXH $)7 HVW
WRXMRXUVDFWLYpHLOHVWFHSHQGDQWSRVVLEOHVLYRXVREVHUYH]XQH
GLVWRUVLRQGHO LPDJHGHODUpJOHUPDQXHOOHPHQWSRXUHQ
DPpOLRUHUODUpFHSWLRQ
3RXUFHOD
3HQGDQWTXHYRXVUHJDUGH]ODFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 VXUODTXHOOH
YRXVGpVLUH]SURFpGHUjFHUpJODJHILQVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ$)7
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
RX SRXUUpJOHUOHQLYHDXGHIUpTXHQFHGXFDQDOHQWUHHW
)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWUHU
HQPpPRLUHFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpH
c)6DXWHUGHVQXPpURVGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVQHGpVLUH]SDVXWLOLVHU
ORUVTXHODVpOHFWLRQHVWHIIHFWXpHDXPR\HQGHVWRXFKHV352*²
3RXUFHOD
(QPHWWDQWHQYDOHXUO RSWLRQ&KDvQHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH352*
²MXVTX jO DSSDULWLRQGXQXPpURGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]
VXSSULPHU/RUVTXHFHOXLFLDSSDUDvWVXUO pFUDQVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
6DXWHWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX
SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHU2XLHWILQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUOD
WRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU
6LYRXVGpVLUH]SOXVWDUGDQQXOHUFHWWHIRQFWLRQVpOHFWLRQQH]jQRXYHDX
´1RQµDXOLHXGH´2XLµ

14 Système des menus

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


 Réglage
/HPHQX´5pJODJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
Réglage
Langue/Pays
Réglage
Langue/Pays
PRGLILHUGLYHUVHVFRQILJXUDWLRQVGH
Rotation d'image Rotation d'image FHWpOpYLVHXU
Centrage RVB: 0 Centrage RVB: 0

Sélect. Confirm. Fin Sélection Confirm. Fin

/DQJXH3D\V / RSWLRQ´/DQJXH3D\VµGXPHQX´5pJODJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
VpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHGDQVODTXHOOHYRXVGpVLUH]TXHOHVPHQXVVXU
pFUDQDSSDUDLVVHQW(OOHYRXVSHUPHWDXVVLGHVpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\V
GDQVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXU
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HWSURFpGH]
HQVXLWHFRPPHLOYRXVHVWLQGLTXpDXFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHW
PHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµpWDSHVHW
YRLUSDJH 
5RWDWLRQG LPDJH 'XIDLWGXPDJQpWLVPHWHUUHVWUHO LPDJHWpOpYLVpHSHXWDSSDUDvWUH
SRXU SHQFKpH'DQVFHFDVYRXVSRXYH]ODUpJOHUHQXWLOLVDQWO RSWLRQ
.9&7% ´5RWDWLRQG LPDJHµGXPHQX´5pJODJHµ
XQLTXHPHQW 3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]
VXU RX  RX SRXUUHFWLILHUWRXWHLQFOLQDLVRQGHO LPDJH FR
)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU
&HQWUDJH59% (QFRQQHFWDQWXQHVRXUFHGHVLJQDX[59%FRPPHXQH´3OD\6WDWLRQµ
LOVHSHXWTXHYRXVD\H]jUpJOHUOHFHQWUDJHKRUL]RQWDOGHO LPDJH
'DQVFHFDVYRXVSRXYH]OHIDLUHHQXWLOLVDQWO RSWLRQ´&HQWUDJH59%µ
GXPHQX´5pJODJHµ
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 3XLV
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUpJOHUOHFHQWUDJHGHO LPDJHGH
j)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU

Système des menus 15


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Télétexte
/HWpOpWH[WHHVWXQVHUYLFHG LQIRUPDWLRQTXHGLIIXVHODSOXSDUWGHVFKDvQHVWpOpYLVpHV/D
SDJHGXVRPPDLUHGXVHUYLFHGHWpOpWH[WH HQJpQpUDOODSDJH H[SOLTXHFRPPHQW
XWLOLVHUFHVHUYLFH3RXUpYROXHUjO LQWpULHXUGXWpOpWH[WHXWLOLVH]OHVWRXFKHVGHOD
WpOpFRPPDQGHFRPPHLQGLTXpFLGHVVRXV
9pULILH]TXHYRXVXWLOLVH]XQFDQDOGHWpOpYLVLRQGLVSRVDQWG XQVLJQDOG pPLVVLRQ
VXIILVDPPHQWIRUWSRXUpYLWHUGHVHUUHXUVGHWpOpWH[WH

Entrer dans le service de Télétexte :


$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpODFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 TXLWUDQVPHWOHVHUYLFHGH TELETEXT
WpOpWH[WHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]FRQVXOWHUDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH  Index
Programme 25
News 153
Sélectionner une page de Télétexte : Sport
Weather
101
98
$O DLGHGHVWRXFKHVQXPpULTXHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGHLQWURGXLVH]OHVWURLV
FKLIIUHVGXQXPpURGHSDJHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]FRQVXOWHU
‡6LYRXVYRXVWURPSH]FKRLVLVVH]WURLVFKLIIUHVTXHOFRQTXHVHWUHFRPPHQFH]HQVXLWHjLQWURGXLUHOH
QXPpURGHSDJHFRUUHFW
‡6LOHFRPSWHXUGHSDJHVQHV DUUrWHSDVF HVWTXHODSDJHGHPDQGpHQ HVWSDVGLVSRQLEOH'DQVFHFDV
LQWURGXLVH]XQDXWUHQXPpURGHSDJH
Pour vérifier le contenu d'un service Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
Sélectionner la page suivante ou la page précédente :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX 
Superposer le télétexte à l'image télévisée :
3HQGDQWTXHYRXVYR\H]OHWpOpWH[WHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]jQRXYHDXVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHSRXUVRUWLUGXPRGHWpOpWH[WH
Pour figer une page Télétexte :
&HUWDLQHVSDJHVGHWpOpWH[WHFRPSUHQQHQWGHVSDJHVVHFRQGDLUHVTXLGpILOHQW
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQW3RXUILJHUXQHSDJHVHFRQGDLUHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]j
QRXYHDXVXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUOLEpUHUOHEORFDJH
Voir une information cachée (par ex. : la solution d'une devinette) :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]jQRXYHDXVXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUTXHO LQIRUPDWLRQVRLW
jQRXYHDXFDFKpH
Pour agrandir l'affichage Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXU $FKDTXHSUHVVLRQVXUODWRXFKH O DIILFKDJH7pOpWH[WHFKDQJHFRPPH
VXLW$JUDQGLUODPRLWLpVXSpULHXUHt$JUDQGLUODPRLWLpLQIpULHXUHt7DLOOHQRUPDOH
Pour afficher une page Télétexte pendant le visionnage d'un programme télévisé.
 6DLVLVVH]OHQXPpURGH7pOpWH[WHDXTXHOYRXVVRXKDLWH]YRXVUpIpUHUSXLVDSSX\H]VXU

 /RUVTXHOHQXPpURGHSDJHV DIILFKHDSSX\H]VXU SRXUYLVLRQQHUOHWH[WHGHODSDJH
7pOpWH[WH
Quitter le service Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 

Fastext
/HVHUYLFH)DVWH[WSHUPHWG DYRLUDFFqVDX[SDJHVGHWpOpWH[WHHQDSSX\DQWVXUXQHVHXOH
WRXFKH
/RUVTXHYRXVrWHVGDQVOHVHUYLFHGHWpOpWH[WHHWDXFDVRLO\DpPLVVLRQGHVLJQDX[)DVWH[W
XQPHQXGHFRGHVFRXOHXUV DIILFKHDXEDVGHODSDJHLOSHUPHWG DFFpGHUGLUHFWHPHQWj
XQHSDJH3RXUFHODDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKHGHFRXOHXUFRUUHVSRQGDQWHGHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
URXJHYHUWHMDXQHRXEOHXH 

16 Télétexte

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connexion des équipements en option
9RXVSRXYH]FRQQHFWHUjYRWUHWpOpYLVHXUXQHODUJHJDPPHG pTXLSHPHQWVRSWLRQQHOV
FRPPHLOOXVWUpFLGHVVRXV OHVFkEOHVGHFRQQH[LRQQHVRQWSDVIRXUQLV 

&DPpVFRSH
PP+L '9'0DJQpWRVFRSH
'9&
1 2

´3OD\6WDWLRQµ

C GpFRGHXU

(QEUDQFKDQWXQFDVTXHOHV ´3OD\6WDWLRQµHVWXQSURGXLWGH
A B 6RQ\&RPSXWHU(QWHUWDLQPHQW,QF
KDXWSDUOHXUVGXWpOpYLVHXU
´3OD\6WDWLRQµHVWXQHPDUTXH
VHGpFRQQHFWHURQW
FRPPHUFLDOHGH6RQ\&RPSXWHU
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQW (QWHUWDLQPHQW,QF FR

Connexion d'un magnétoscope :


3RXUFRQQHFWHUXQPDJQpWRVFRSHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH´%UDQFKHPHQWGHO DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHHW
GXPDJQpWRVFRSHµ
1RXVYRXVFRQVHLOORQVGHFRQQHFWHUOHPDJQpWRVFRSHHQXWLOLVDQWXQFkEOH3pULWHO)DXWHGHTXRL
YRXVGHYUH]UpJOHUPDQXHOOHPHQWOHFDQDOGXVLJQDOYLGpRSDUOHPHQX´0pPRULVDWLRQ
PDQXHOOHµ SRXUFHODFRQVXOWH]OHSDUDJUDSKHD SDJH 
&RQVXOWH]DXVVLOHPRGHG·HPSORLGHYRWUHPDJQpWRVFRSHSRXUVDYRLUFRPPHQWREWHQLUOHFDQDO
GXVLJQDOYLGpR

Utilisation des équipements en option


1 &RQQHFWH]O pTXLSHPHQWRSWLRQQHODXFRQQHFWHXUDGpTXDWGXWpOpYLVHXUFRPPHLQGLTXpFL
GHVVXV
2 $OOXPH]O pTXLSHPHQWTXHYRXVDYH]FRQQHFWp
3 3RXUREWHQLUO LPDJHGHO pTXLSHPHQWFRQQHFWpDSSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUODWRXFKH 
MXVTX jFHTXHOHV\PEROHFRUUHFWG HQWUpHV LQVFULYHVXUO pFUDQ
Symbole Signaux d'entrée
1 ‡ 6LJQDOG HQWUpHDXGLRYLGpRSDUOHFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOC

1 ‡ 6LJQDOG HQWUpH59%SDUOHFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOC&HV\PEROHQ DSSDUDvW


TXHVLXQHHQWUpH59%HVWFRQQHFWpH
 ‡ 6LJQDOG HQWUpHYLGpRGXFRQQHFWHXU5&$AHWVLJQDOG HQWUpHDXGLRGX
FRQQHFWHXUB

4 3RXUUHYHQLUjO LPDJHWpOpYLVpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH

Informations complémentaires 17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Spécifications
Norme de TV : Sortie son :
6XLYDQWOHSD\VVpOHFWLRQQp [: SXLVVDQFHPXVLFDOH
%*+/,'. [: 506
Standard couleur : Consommation d'énergie :
3$/6(&$0 ‡ .9&7%:
176& HQWUpHYLGpRVHXOHPHQW ‡ .9&7%:
Couverture de canaux : Consommation d'énergie en mode veille
9+) (( (standby) :
8+) (( :
&$79 66
Dimensions (l x h x prf) :
+<3(5 66
/ ))%4)) ‡ .9&7%(QY[[PP
, 8+)%% ‡ .9&7%(QY[[PP
'. 5555 Poids
Tube image : ‡ .9&7%(QYNJ
(FUDQSODW)'7ULQLWURQ ‡ .9&7%(QYNJ

Connecteurs arrières : Accessoires fournis :


i &RQQHFWHXU3pULWHOGHEURFKHV WpOpFRPPDQGH 50:
QRUPH&(1(/(& \FRPSULV SLOHVQRUPH,(&
HQWUpHDXGLRYLGpRHQWUpH59% $QWHQQH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW 
VRUWLHDXGLRYLGpR79 Divers :
Connecteurs frontaux : ‡ 7pOpWH[WH)DVWH[W723WH[W
t HQWUpHYLGpR²FRQQHFWHXU5&$ ‡ $UUrWWHPSRUDLUH
 HQWUpHDXGLR²FRQQHFWHXU5&$ ‡ 0DUFKHWHPSRUDLUH
SULVHSRXUFDVTXH

La conception et les spécifications sont susceptibles de subir des modifications sans


préavis de notre part.
Papier recyclé - Chlore : 0%

18 Informations complémentaires

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Dépannage
9RLFLTXHOTXHVVROXWLRQVVLPSOHVTXLYRXVSHUPHWWURQWGHUpVRXGUHGHVSUREOqPHVOLpVjOD
TXDOLWpGHO LPDJHHWGXVRQ

Problème Solution
3DVG LPDJH pFUDQQRLU HWSDVGH ‡ 9pULILH]TXHO DQWHQQHHVWELHQEUDQFKpH
VRQ ‡ $OOXPH]OHWpOpYLVHXUHQDSSX\DQWVXUODWRXFKH!GH
ODSDUWLHIURQWDOHGHO DSSDUHLO
‡ 6LOHYR\DQW1GXWpOpYLVHXUHVWELHQDOOXPpDSSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH&1GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
0DXYDLVHLPDJHRXSDVG LPDJH ‡ 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVHQWUH]GDQVOH´&RQWU{OH
PDLVERQQHTXDOLWpVRQRUH GHO LPDJHµHWVpOHFWLRQQH]´5j=µSRXUUHYHQLUDX[
UpJODJHVG XVLQH YRLUSDJH 
3DVG LPDJHQLGHPHQX ‡ 9pULILH]TXHO pTXLSHPHQWRSWLRQQHOHVWDOOXPpHW
G LQIRUPDWLRQGHO pTXLSHPHQW DSSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUODWRXFKH GHOD
RSWLRQQHOEUDQFKpjODSULVH3pULWHO WpOpFRPPDQGHMXVTX jFHTXHOHV\PEROHG HQWUpH
VLWXpHjO DUULqUHGHO DSSDUHLO FRUUHFWDSSDUDLVVHVXUO pFUDQ YRLUSDJH 
,PDJHGHERQQHTXDOLWpPDLVSDVGH ‡ $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
VRQ ‡ 9pULILH]TX·XQFDVTXHQ·HVWSDVEUDQFKp
3DVGHFRXOHXU SURJUDPPHV ‡ 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHPHQXVHQWUH]GDQVOHPHQX
FRXOHXU  ´&RQWU{OHGHO LPDJHµHWVpOHFWLRQQH]´5j=µSRXU FR
UHYHQLUDX[UpJODJHVG XVLQH YRLUSDJH 
'LVWRUVLRQGHO LPDJHHQFKDQJHDQW ‡ (WHLJQH]O pTXLSHPHQWEUDQFKpDX[FRQQHFWHXUV
GHFKDvQHRXHQVpOHFWLRQQDQWOH 3pULWHOEURFKHVVLWXpjO DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU
WpOpWH[WH
&DUDFWqUHVHUURQpVVXUOHVSDJHVGH ‡ 3DUOHPHQXVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ´/DQJXH3D\VµHW
WpOpWH[WH VpOHFWLRQQH]HQVXLWHOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOIRQFWLRQQHOH
WpOpYLVHXU YRLUSDJH 
/ LPDJHDSSDUDvWSHQFKpH ‡ 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW ´5RWDWLRQG LPDJHµGDQVOHPHQX´5pJODJHµHW
FRUULJH]O LQFOLQDLVRQ YRLUSDJH 
,PDJHPDLVEUXLW ‡ 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ´$)7µ
GXPHQX´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµHWUpJOH]
PDQXHOOHPHQWODPpPRULVDWLRQSRXUREWHQLUXQH
PHLOOHXUHLPDJH YRLUSDJH 
‡ 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
´,PDJHLQWHOOLJHQWHµGXPHQX´,PDJHµHW
VpOHFWLRQQH]´2XLµSRXUDWWpQXHUOHEUXLWGHO LPDJH
YRLUSDJH 
7pOpFRPPDQGHQRQRSpUDWLRQQHOOH ‡ &KDQJH]OHVSLOHV
/·LQGLFDWHXU1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH ‡ 9HXLOOH]FRQWDFWHUOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWH6RQ\OHSOXV
VWDQGE\ GXWpOpYLVHXUFOLJQRWHHQ SURFKH
URXJH

(QFDVGHSDQQHFRQILH]YRWUHWpOpYLVHXUjXQSHUVRQQHOVSpFLDOLVp
1 RXYUH]MDPDLVO DSSDUHLO

Informations complémentaires 19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Les principaux émetteurs français
&RPSWHWHQXGHVpYROXWLRQVOHVpPHWWHXUVHWFDQDX[DQQRQFpVFLDSUqVVRQWGRQQpVjWLWUH
G·LQIRUPDWLRQHWQRQG·HQJDJHPHQW3RXUODUpFHSWLRQGHODPDMRULWpGHVpPHWWHXUV
O·DQWHQQHGRLWrWUHHQ´SRVLWLRQKRUL]RQWDOHµ/RUVTX·HOOHGRLWrWUHHQ´SRVLWLRQYHUWLFDOHµ
ODOHWWUH9VXLWOHQXPpURGHFDQDO

EMETTEURS CANAUX

TF1 A2 FR3 CANAL+ ARTE M6

1 ABBEVIUE limeux 63 67 60
2 AJACCIO Coli Chiavari 31 21 24
3 ALBERTVILLE tort du Mont 45 39 42 07V
4 ALENCON Mont d'Amain 48 51 54
5 ALES l'Hermitage 52 60
ALES Mont Boquet 27 21 24 65
6 AMIENS St-Just/DURY 41 47 44 05 ou 10 49 52
7 ANGERS Rochefort 47 44 41 10 51 53
8 ANGOULEME St-Saturnin 31 34
9 ARGENTON/CREUSE Malicornay 46 40 43
10 AURILLAC ALIVERGNE La Bastide 54 09V
11 AUTUN Bois de Rol 48 51 54
12 AUXERRE Molesmes 37 31 34
13 AVIGNON Mont Ventoux/LE PONTET 42 45 39 47 54
14 BAR DE LUC Willeroncourt 51 48 54
15 BASTIA Serra di Pigno 41 47 44
16 BAYONNE La Rhune 64 58 61 07V 56
17 BERGERAC Audrix 37 34 31
18 BESANÇON Lomont/BREGILLE 47 41 44 03V 45
BESANÇON Montfaucon 29 23 26 08V
19 BORDEAUX Bouilac 63 57 60 08 65 43
20 BOULOGNE Mont Lambert 29 34 37 10
21 BOUGES Neuvy 23 26 29 08 21
22 BOURG EN BRESSE "Ramasse" 38 32
23 BREST Roc Tr dudon 27 21 24 10 34
24 BRIVE Lissac 23 29 26 06
25 CAEN "Brullemail" 48 51 54 04
CAEN Mont Pincon/CHU 22 25 28 09 38 60
26 CANNES Vallarius 63
27 CARCASSONE Pic de Nore 64 58 61 03V
28 CHAMBERY Mont du Chat 29 58 23 08
29 CHAMONIX Aiguille du Midi 25 28 22
30 CHAMPAGNOLLE Le Bulay 58 61 64
31 CHARTES Montlandon 55 50 63 09 47
32 CHAUMONT Chalindray 52 49 55
33 CHERBOURG Olgosville 65 59 62 06 ou 08 35
34 CLERMONT-FERRAND Puy de Côme/ROYAT 22 28 25 05 58 61
35 CLUSES St-Sigismond 56 50 53 06
36 CORTE Antisanti 59 61 54
37 DUON Nuit St-Georges 59 62 65 09 46V 43V
38 DUNQUERQUE Mont de Cats 42 39 45 59 62
39 EPINAL Bois de la Vierge 65 60 63 10V
40 FORBACH Kreutzberg 47 22 25 28
41 GAP Mont Colombis 27 21 24 09
42 GEX Mont Rond 27 21 24 05V
43 GRENOBLE Chamrousse 56 50 53 06 ou 09 59 62
44 GUERET St-Léger 64 58 61 09
45 HIRSON Landouzy 54 48 51
46 HYERES Cap Bénal 65 59 62 06
47 LA BAULE ESCOUBLAC "St-Clare" 38
48 LA ROCHELLE "Mireuil" 48 51
59 LAVAL Mont Rochard 63 57 60
50 LE CREUSOT Mont St-Vincent 35 33 30 67 38 60
51 LE HAVRE Harfleur 46 43 40 05 53
52 LE HAVRE Basse Normandie 35
53 LE MANS Mayer 24 27 21 05V 32
54 LE PUY St-Jean de Nay 63 57 60
55 LENS "Bouvigny" 51 54
56 LESPARRE Ordonnac 39 45 42
57 LILLE Boubigny/LAMBERSART 27 21 24 05 51 54
58 LIMOGES Les Cars 56 50 53 05/07/10
59 LONGWY Bois du châ 52 47 44 08
60 LORIENT "Plaoermeur" 62
61 LYON Fourvière 61 58 64 66 28 22
62 LYON Mont Pilat 46 40 43 10
63 MACON Bois de Cenves 57 55 49
64 MANTES Mudétour 64 58 61 55 53

20 Informations complémentaires

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Les principaux émetteurs français
EMETTEURS CANAUX

TF1 A2 FR3 CANAL+ ARTE M6

65 MARSEILLE Grande Etoile 29 23 26 05 32 38


66 MARSEILLE Pomègues 40 46 43 57 54
67 MAUBEUGE Rousies 39 42 45 29 32
68 MENDE Truc de Fortino 37/31 34 68
69 MENTON Cap Martin 62 50 56 68
70 MELZ Luttange 37 34 31 05V 39
71 MEZIERES Sury 29 23 26 36
72 MILLAU Levezou 47 44 41 10
73 MONTLUCON "Maregnon" 49 52
74 MONNETTIER MORNEX Mont Saléve 42 45 48 64
75 MONTMELLIAN Le Fort 64 58 61 09
76 MONTPELLIER Saint-Baudille 56 50 53 63 48V
77 MORTAIN Grande Fontaine 50 52 55
78 MORTEAU Monteblon 48 54 51
79 MULHOUSE Belvédère 27 21 24 05 55
80 NANCY Malzéville 23 29 26 08 55 43
81 NANTES Hute Goulaine 23 29 26 09V 21 65
82 NEUF CHATEL Croixdelle 51 48 54 65
83 NEVERS "Challuy" 41
84 NICE Mont Alban/LA MADELEINE 64 58 61 66 ou 32 51
85 NIMES "Bas Rhône" 31 37
86 NIORT Maisonnay 22 28 25 06V 38
87 NIORT Sud Vendée 58
88 ORLEANS Trainou 42 39 45 52 53
89 PARIS Tour Eiffel 25 22 28 06 30 33
PARIS EST Chennevières 43 46 40 53 48 58
PARIS NORD Sannois 45 39 56 59 65 62
PARIS SUD Villebon 49 52 62 65 58 42
90
91
PARTHENAY Amailoux
PERPIGNAN Pic Néoulous
52
22
49
25
55
28 07
FR
92 PIGNANS N D des Anges 46 43 40 56
93 POITIERS "Les Couronneries"
/Hospital des Champs 41 41
94 PORTO VECCHIO Col de Méla 40 34 37
95 PRIVAS Crète Blandine 64 58 61
96 QUIMPER 29 37 31 06
97 REIMS Charleville 29 23 26 36
98 REIMS Hutvillers 43 46 40 09 63
99 RENNES Saint-Pern 39 45 42 07 34 31
100 ROUEN Grande Couronne 23 33 26 07 59 62
101 SAINT ETTIENNE Croix de Guizay 35 30 33 38 65 62
102 SAINT ETTIENNE "Pilat" 46 40 43 10
103 SAINT FLOUR Vabres 52 49 55
104 SAINT GINGOLPH Montpélerin 39 41 63
105 SAINT-MALO 53V 45 42 07
106 SAINT-MARTIN DE BELLE VILLE
Point de la Masse 48 51 54
107 SAINT-NAZAIRE "Pornichet la Ville-Blais" 23 29 26 06
108 SAINT-NAZAIRE "Etoile du Matin" 55 52
109 SAINT-QUENTIN "Gauchy" 30 33
110 SAINT-RAPHAEL Pic de l'Ours 25 28 22 10V
111 SARREBOURG Donon 40 53 50
112 SENS Gisy les Nobles 57 63 60 05
113 SERRES Beaumont 50 53 56 04
114 STRASBOURG Nordhein 62 56 43 10V
115 TARASCON S/ARIEGE Montoulieu 52 55 49 08
116 TOULON Cap Sicié 51 48 54 09 57 60
117 TOULOUSE Pechbonnieu 45 39 42 07
TOULOUSE Pic du Midi 27 21 24 05 32 34
TOULOUSE Acquitaine 47
118 TOURETTE DU CHAHTEAU Mt Vial 54 62 65
119 TOURS Chissay 65 59 62 57
120 TROYES Les riceys 27 24 21 07 29
121 USSEL Meymac 42 45 39
122 UTELLE La Madone 47 44 41
123 VALENCE "St-Romaine de l'Erps" 53
124 VALENCIENNES "marly" 49 34
125 VANNES Moustoir' AC 50 56 53 05 58
126 VERDUN Septsarges 65 59 62
127 VILLERS COTTEREST Fleury 65V 59V 62V
128 VITTEL Thullières 30 35 32
129 WISSEMBOURG Eselberg 54 48 51

YRLUSDJHVXLYDQWH693
Informations complémentaires 21
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Les principaux émetteurs français

5pSDUWLWLRQ(XURSpHQQHGHVQRUPHVHWVWDQGDUGV

B-G

PAL SECAM SF
B-G
B-G
N
S

B
I DK
B-G
IRL I
D-K
GB B-H NL
D-K
B-G RF
B PL
D
L CZ
G D-K
L SK
D-K
B-G
D-K
B-G A D-K
L H
CH R
F
B-H

YU D B
B-G
BG TR
B-G
P B-G
B-G I
AL
E
B-H

GR
B
B-G
RL
B-G CY
B-G
DZ
B B IL

MA TN

22 Informations complémentaires

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4-093-927-32(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Manual de Instrucciones ES

Manual de Instruções PT

Brugervejledning DK

Käyttöohjeet FI

Bruksanvisning NO

Instruktionsbok SE

KV-21CT1E
KV-14CT1E
© 2003 Sony Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Introducción
Gracias por elegir este televisor en color Sony de Pantalla Plana FD Trinitron.
Antes de utilizar el televisor, lea este manual atentamente y consérvelo para futuras
referencias.
Símbolos utilizados en este manual:
• Información importante. • Los botones sombreados del mando a
distancia, muestran los botones que
• Información sobre la función.
ha de pulsar para ejecutar las
• 1,2...Secuencia de las instrucciones a diferentes instrucciones.
seguir. • Información sobre el resultado de las
instrucciones.

Indice
Introducción ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Normas de seguridad..............................................................................................................................4
Descripción general
Descripción general de los botones del mando a distancia ...............................................................5
Descripción general de los botones del televisor ...............................................................................6
Instalación ES
Instalación de las pilas en el mando a distancia..................................................................................6
Conexión de una antena portátil (sólo para KV-14CT1E) ................................................................7
Conexión de una antena exterior y del vídeo .....................................................................................7
Primera puesta en marcha
Encendido y Sintonización automática del TV .................................................................................. 8
Sistema de menús en pantalla
Introducción y manejo del sistema de menús .................................................................................. 10
Imagen .............................................................................................................................................. 10
Sonido ............................................................................................................................................... 11
Temporizador .................................................................................................................................. 12
Ajuste de canales............................................................................................................................. 13
Configuracíon.................................................................................................................................. 15
Teletexto ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Información complementaria
Conexión de equipos opcionales ........................................................................................................ 17
Manejo de los equipos opcionales...................................................................................................... 17
Especificaciones .................................................................................................................................... 18
Solución de problemas......................................................................................................................... 19

Indice 3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Normas de Seguridad

Nunca introduzca objetos ni


Este aparato sólo debe utilizarse Por razones medioambientales y derrame ningún tipo de líquido
con fuentes de alimentación de de seguridad, se recomienda no dentro del aparato ya que podría
220-240 V CA. No enchufe dejar el aparato en modo de provocar descargas eléctricas o
demasiados aparatos en el mismo desconexión temporal cuando no
se utilice. Apáguelo pulsando el incendio. En caso de que algún
enchufe ya que podría causar interruptor principal y objeto o líquido caiga dentro del
descargas eléctricas o incendio. desenchufándolo cuando vaya a aparato, no utilice el televisor.
estar ausente. Avise de inmediato al servicio
técnico.

No abra la tapa posterior del Para su propia seguridad, Para evitar riesgo de incendio o
aparato. En caso necesario, acuda durante una tormenta, no toque descargas eléctricas, no exponga
al servicio técnico. ninguna parte del aparato; el aparato a la lluvia ni a la
especialmente el cable de humedad.
alimentación y el de la antena.

No obstruya ni cubra las ranuras Nunca instale el aparato en lugares Para evitar riesgo de incendio,
de ventilación del aparato. Para excesivamente calientes, húmedos mantenga lejos del aparato los
que haya una ventilación correcta, o polvorientos. No instale el objetos inflamables, velas, y todo
deje un espacio de al menos 10 cm aparato en lugares donde pueda aquello que pudiera causar
alrededor del aparato. sufrir vibraciones mecánicas. incendio.

Limpie la pantalla y el mueble del


televisor con un paño suave y Desenchufe el aparato tirando No coloque objetos pesados sobre
ligeramente humedecido. No directamente de la clavija. Nunca el cable de alimentación ya que
utilice estropajos, limpiadores tire del cable. podría dañarlo.
abrasivos, alcalinos, ningún tipo Le recomendamos que enrolle la
de disolvente, como alcohol o parte sobrante del cable de
bencina ni sprays antiestáticos. alimentación en el enrollacables
Como medida de seguridad, situado en la parte posterior del
desenchufe el televisor antes de aparato.
limpiarlo.

Si ha de mover el aparato, No cubra las ranuras de


Coloque el aparato sobre un estante desenchúfelo antes de hacerlo. Al ventilación con ningún objeto
o mueble lo suficientemente fuerte, transportarlo, tenga cuidado con las como cortinas, periódicos, etc.
grande y estable para sostenerlo. No superficies desiguales, escalones,
permita que los niños salten sobre etc. Si se le cae el aparato o sufre
él. No lo coloque de lado o boca algún golpe, avise inmediatamente
arriba. al servicio técnico.

4 Normas de seguridad

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Descripción general de los botones del mando a distancia
Mostrar información en Apagar temporalmente el televisor
pantalla Púlselo para apagar temporalmente el televisor (el indicador
Púlselo para mostrar todas las de modo de espera 1 se iluminará). Vuelva a pulsarlo para
indicaciones en pantalla. encender el televisor desde el modo de desconexión
Vuelva a pulsarlo para cancelar. temporal (standby).
Eliminación del sonido Para ahorrar energía, se
Púlselo para eliminar el sonido. recomienda apagar por
Vuelva a pulsarlo para completo el televisor cuando
recuperarlo. no lo utilice.
Selección de la fuente de Si durante 15 minutos no
entrada hay señal de televisión ni
Púlselo repetidamente hasta que se pulsa ningún botón, el
el símbolo de la fuente de televisor pasará au-
entrada deseada aparezca en la tomáticamente al modo
pantalla. de desconexión temporal
A/B
Este botón sólo funciona en modo (standby).
deteletexto. Selección del modo TV
La función A/B asociada a este Púlselo para desactivar el
botón, no funciona en este 1 2 3 teletexto o la entrada de vídeo.
televisor.
4 6 Vuelta al último canal
Selección de canales 5 seleccionado
Púlselos para seleccionar canales. Púlselo para volver a ver el
Para números de programa 7 8 9 último canal seleccionado (el
de dos dígitos, pulse el canal anterior debe haber sido
segundo dígito en un tiempo 0 visionado previamente ES
inferior a 3 segundos. PROG durante al menos 5 segundos).
o Selección de canales
Pulse -/-- y a continuación, el Púlselo para seleccionar el
primer y el segundo dígito. canal siguiente o anterior.
Si se equivoca al introducir el Activación del sistema de
primer dígito, continúe MENU
menús
introduciendo el segundo dígito Púlselo para ver el menú en
(del 0 al 9) y, seguidamente, pantalla. Vuelva a pulsarlo
repita de nuevo la operación. para desactivarlo y ver la
Conexión automática pantalla normal de televisión.
Configure el televisor para Botones para la selección
que se conecte del menú
automáticamente. Subir un nivel
Desconexión automática Bajar un nivel
Configure el televisor para Ir al menú o selección
que se desconecte anterior
automáticamente Ir al menú o selección
TV
Botón sin función en este aparato. siguiente
Ajuste del volumen Confirmar la selección
Púlselo para ajustar el Selección de Teletexto
volumen del televisor. Púlselo para visualizar el
Este botón sólo funciona en modo teletexto.
deteletexto. La función 9 Selección del formato de
asociada a este botón, no la pantalla
funciona en este televisor. Púlselo repetidamente para
Selección del modo de cambiar el formato de la
imagen pantalla: 4:3 para imagen
Púlselo repetidamente para convencional o 16:9 para
cambiar el modo de imagen. imitación de pantalla amplia.

Además de las funciones de televisión, todos los botones con color se utilizan también para
las operaciones de teletexto. Para más información, consulte el capítulo sobre “Teletexto”
de este manual de instrucciones (ver página 16).
Descripción general 5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Descripción general de los botones del
televisor

Activación Botón de Botones de Botones de selección


del sistema selección de la control del de programas
de menús fuente de volumen siguiente o anterior
entrada (seleccionan emisoras
de televisión)

Toma de Toma de Toma de


Levante la Indicador de Interruptor de entrada de entrada de auriculares
solapa de la modo de encendido/ vídeo audio
puerta con la desconexión apagado
marca para temporal
mostrar el panel (standby)
de control.

Instalación de las pilas en el mando a distancia


Asegúrese de colocar las pilas suministradas con las polaridades en la posición correcta.
Sea respetuoso con el medio ambiente y deposite las pilas usadas en el contenedor
específico para ello.

6 Descripción general - Instalación

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Conexión de una antena portátil
(sólo para KV-14CT1E)
Para obtener una mejor recepción de imagen, le recomendamos que conecte el televisor a
una antena exterior. No obstante, si no dispone de antena exterior pero la señal local de
VHF/UHF es lo suficientemente fuerte, puede conectar la antena telescópica suministrada
con este televisor tal y como se indica a continuación:

1 inserte la antena en la ranura situada en la parte superior del televisor


hasta que ésta haga “clic”.

2 Conecte el cable de la antena al terminal situado en la parte posterior


del televisor.

3 Encienda el televisor y oriente la antena para obtener una buena ES


recepción de imagen.

Conexión de la antena y del vídeo


Los cables de conexión no se suministran.

vídeo
OUT IN

La conexión a través del Eurocouector es opcional


Para más detalles sobre la conexión del vídeo, consulte el capítulo “Conexión de equipos
opcionales” de este manual de instruccíones (ver página 17).

Instalación 7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Encendido y Sintonización automática del TV
La primera vez que encienda el televisor, aparecerá en la pantalla una secuencia de menús
a través de los cuales podrá: 1) seleccionar el idioma de los menús, 2) seleccionar el país
donde desea utilizar el aparato, 3) buscar y almacenar automáticamente todos los canales
disponibles (emisoras de televisión) 4) cambiar el orden en que los canales (emisoras de
televisión) aparecen en pantalla y 5) ajustar la inclinación de la imagen (sólo para
KV-21CT1E).
No obstante, si más adelante necesita modificar alguno de estos ajustes, puede hacerlo
seleccionando la opción apropiada en (menú de Configuración) o (menú Ajuste de
chanales).

1 Conecte el enchufe del televisor a la toma de corriente (220-240V


CA, 50Hz). Pulse el interruptor de encendido/apagado ! de la
parte frontal del televisor para encenderlo.
La primera vez que encíenda el televisor, el menú Language
(Idioma) aparecerá automáticamente en la pantalla.

2 Pulse el botón 2 +/– del panel de control superior para Language


seleccionar el idioma y, a continuación, pulse el botón t para Svenska
Norsk
confirmar la selección. A partir de ahora, todos los menús English
aparecerán en el idioma seleccionado. Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

3 En la pantalla aparecerá automáticamente el menú País. Pulse el País


botón 2 +/– para seleccionar el país donde desea utilizar el Sverige
Norge
televisor y, a continuación, pulse el botón t para confirmar la _
selección. Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Si en la lista no aparece el país donde va a utilizar el televisor, Seleccione país
seleccione “-” en lugar de un país. Sel. [–2+] Confirmar [t]

4 Asegúrese de que la antena está conectada conforme a las Ajuste inicial


indicaciones y pulse el botón t para confirmarlo. El televisor Por favor, primero conecte
la antena
empieza a sintonizar y memorizar automáticamente todos los ¿Desea iniciar la sintonía
canales (emisoras de televisión) disponibles. automática?

• Este proceso puede durar unos minutos. Tenga paciencia y No
no pulse ningún botón mientras dure el proceso de Sel. [–2+] Confirmar [t] Fin [MENU]

sintonización o de lo contrario, elproceso no se completaría.


• Si el televisor no ha encontrado ningún canal (emisora de Sintonia Automática
televisión) tras efectuar la sintonización automática, en la No se encuentra el canal

pantalla aparecerá un mensaje pidiéndole que conecte la Por favor conecte la antena
antena. Por favor conéctela tal y como se indica en la pág. 7 OK
de este manual y pulse t. El proceso de sintonización
automática se reanudará de nuevo. Confirmar [t] Fin [MENU]

8 Primera puesta en marcha

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5 Una vez que el televisor ha sintonizado y memorizado todos los Ordenación de Programas
canales (emisoras de televisión), en pantalla aparece Programa:
01 TVE
automáticamente el menú Ordenación de Programas para que 02 TVE2
pueda cambiar el orden en que los canales aparecen en la pantalla. 03 TV3
04 C33
a) Si no desea cambiar el orden de los canales, pulse MENU. Seleccione canal
Confirmar [t] Salir [MENU]
b) Si desea cambiar el orden de los canales: Sel. [–2+]

1 Pulse el botón 2 +/– para seleccionar el número de


Ordenación de Programas
programa con el canal (emisora de televisión) que desea Programa:
cambiar de posición y, a continuación, pulse t. 01 TVE
02 TVE2
2 Pulse 2 +/– para seleccionar el nuevo número de 03 TV3
programa en el que desea memorizar el canal (emisora de 04 C33
Sel. nueva posición
03 TV3

televisión) seleccionado y, a continuación, pulse t. Sel. [–2+] Confirmar [t] Salir [MENU]

3 Repita los pasos b)1 y b)2 si desea reordenar otros canales


de televisión.

6 La opción siguiente sólo está disponible para el modelo


KV-21CT1E.
Debido al magnetismo terrestre, es posible que la imagen aparezca Rotación Imagen
inclinada. El menú Rotación Imagen le permite reajustar la imagen [– 2] [2+]

en caso necesario. Sel. [–2+] Confirmar [t] Fin [MENU]

a) Si no es necesario, pulse t.
b) Si es necesario, pulse 2 +/– para corregir la inclinación de la ES
imagen y, por último, pulse t para almacenarla.

• Para hacer que el menú aparezca de nuevo, mantenga pulsado durante unos 5 segundos
el botón MENU del panel de control superior.
• Los botones MENU, y / / / del mando a distancia también se pueden
utilizar para las operaciones mencionadas arriba.

El televisor está listo para funcionar.

Primera puesta en marcha 9


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introducción y manejo del sistema de menús
Este televisor utiliza un sistema de menús en pantalla para guiarle en las diferentes
operaciones. Utilice los siguientes botones del mando a distancia para desplazarse a través
de los menús:

1 Pulse el botón MENU para mostrar el primer nivel de menú en pantalla.

2 • Para resaltar el menú u opción deseados, pulse o .


• Para entrar en el menú u opción seleccionados, pulse .
• Para volver al menú u opción anterior, pulse .
• Para modificar los ajustes de la opción seleccionada, pulse / / o .
• Para confirmar y memorizar su selección, pulse .

3 Pulse el botón MENU para volver a la pantalla normal de televisión.

Imagen
El menú de “Imagen” le permite
Imagen Imagen
Modo: Directo Modo: Directo modificar los ajustes de la imagen.
Ajuste de la Imagen Ajuste de la Imagen
Imagen inteligente: Sí Imagen inteligente: Sí Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción que
desea modificar, pulse , A
Sel. Confirmar Fin Sel. Confirmar Fin continuación, pulse repetidamente
/ / o para modificar el
ajuste y finalmente pulse para
memorizarlo.
Este menú también le permite
modificar el modo de imagen según
el tipo de programa que esté
viendo:
Modo Directo (para realzar el contraste y la nitidez de la imagen).
Películas (para una imagen detallada con precisión).
Juegos (para juegos electónicos).
Personal (para ajustar sus preferencias).

Ajuste de la Contraste Pulse o para reducir el contraste de la imagen.


Imagen Pulse o para reazar el contraste de la imagen.

Brillo Pulse o para oscurecer la imagen.


Pulse o para incrementar el brillo de la imagen.

Color Pulse o para disminuir la intensidad del color.


Pulse o para aumentar la intensidad del color.

10 Sistema de menús en pantalla

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Tonalidad Pulse o para aminorar los tonos verdes.
Pulse o para incrementar los tonos verdes.

Tonalidad no se puede ajustar para la señal de color NTSC (p.ej. vídeos


de los EE.UU.).

Nitidez Pulse o para atenuar la imagen.


Pulse o para avivar la imagen.

Preestablecido Seleccione para restablecer la imagen a los niveles


prefijados en fábrica.
Imagen Sí/No Seleccionar para optimizar la calidad de la imagen.
inteligente P. ej., para reducir el nivel de ruido cuando la señal es débil.

Si se realizan modificaciones en “Ajuste de la Imagen”, “Modo” se ajustará


automáticamente en “Personal” y el nuevo valor se almacenará en dicho ajuste.

Sonido
El menú “Sonido” le permite cambiar
Sonido Sonido
Auto Volumen: No Auto Volumen: No
los ajustes de sonido.

ES
Sel. Confirmar Fin Sel. Confirmar Fin

Auto Sí/No
Volumen El nivel de volumen de los canales (emisoras de televisión) debe permanecer
estable, independientemente de la señal emitida (p.ej., en el caso de anuncios
publicitarios).

Sistema de menús en pantalla 11


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Temporizador
Temporizador Temporizador
El menú “Temporizador” le permite
Desconex. Aut.: No Desconex. Aut.: No modificar los ajustes del
Conexión Aut.: No Conexión Aut.: No
temporizador.

Sel. Confirmar Fin Sel. Confirmar Fin

Desconexión La opción de “Desconex. Aut.” dentro del menú “Temporizador”,


Automática le permite seleccionar un periodo de tiempo tras el cual el televisor
entrará automáticamente en la modalidad de desconexión
temporal (standby).
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . A continuación pulse o
para seleccionar el intervalo de tiempo (máximo 1 hora 30
minutos) y finalmente pulse para memorizarlo.

• Si desea ver el tiempo restante hasta la desconexión


mientras ve la televisión, pulse el botón .
• Un minuto antes de que el televisor entre en modo de
desconexión temporal, aparecerá automáticamente el
mensaje “1 minuto para apagarse” en la pantalla del
televisor.

Conexión La opción de “Conexión Aut.” dentro del menú “Temporizador”,


Automática le permite seleccionar un periodo de tiempo tras el cual el televisor
se conectará automáticamente desde la modalidad de desconexión
temporal (standby).
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . A continuación pulse o
para seleccionar el intervalo de tiempo (máximo 12 horas) y pulse
para memorizarlo. Finalmente pulse el botón &/1 de
desconexión temporal (standby) del mando a distancia, y tras el
intervalo de tiempo fijado, el televisor se encenderá
automáticamente.
Una vez seleccionado el tiempo, el televisor se enciende
automáticamente y en la pantalla aparece la indicación “Conexión
Aut.”.

• El indicador de modo de desconexión temporal (standby)


1 del televisor se iluminará en ámbar para indicar que
“Conexión Aut.” está activado.
• Cualquier fallo o interrupción en el fluido eléctrico,
anulará esta función.
• Si después de que el televisor se haya encendido con el
ajuste "Conexión Aut." no pulsa ningún botón durante
más de una hora, el televisor entrará automáticamente en
el modo de espera.

12 Sistema de menús en pantalla

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Ajuste de canales
Ajuste de canales Ajuste de canales
El menú "Ajuste de canales" permite
Sintonía Automática Sintonía Automática memorizar los canales de este
Ordenación de Programas Ordenación de Programas
Etiquetado de Programas Etiquetado de Programas
televisor.
Sintonía Manual Sintonía Manual

Sel. Confirmar Fin Sel. Confirmar Fin

Sintonía La opción de “Sintonía Automática” dentro del menú “Ajuste de


Automática canales”, le permite que el televisor busque y almacene todos los
canales (emisoras de televisión) disponibles.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse y, a continuación, proceda tal
y como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización
automática del TV”, pasos 4 (ver página 8).

Ordenación de La opción de “Ordenación de Programas” dentro del menú


Programas “Ajuste de canales”, le permite cambiar el orden en que los canales
(emisoras de televisión) aparecen en el televisor.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse y, a continuación, proceda tal
y como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización
ES
automática del TV”, paso 5b) (ver página 9).

Etiquetado de La opción “Etiquetado de Programas” dentro del menú “Ajuste de


Programas canales”, le permite asignar un nombre, de cinco caracteres como
máximo, a un canal.
Para ello:
1 Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . Pulse o para
seleccionar el número de programa que desea etiquetar, a
continuación, pulse .
2 Pulse . Con el primer elemento de la columna Nombre
resaltado, pulse o para seleccionar una letra , un número
o “_” para un espacio en blanco y a continuación, pulse para
confirmar ese carácter. Seleccione los otros cuatro caracteres de
la misma forma. Finalmente pulse para memorizarlo.

continúa...

Sistema de menús en pantalla 13


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Sintonía Manual La opción de “Sintonía Manual” dentro del menú “Ajuste de
canales”, le permite:
a) Sintonizar uno a uno y en el orden de programa que desee, los
canales (emisoras de televisión) o una entrada de vídeo.
Para ello:
1 Tras seleccionar la opción de “Sintonía Manual”, pulse . Con
la opción Programa resaltada, pulse y, a continuación, pulse
o para seleccionar el número de programa (posición) en
el que desea sintonizar una emisora de televisión o el canal de
vídeo (para el canal de vídeo recomendamos que seleccione el
número de programa “0”). Pulse .
La siguien8te opción sólo aparecerá dependiendo del país
que haya seleccionado en el menú “Idioma/País”.
2 Tras seleccionar la opción Sistema, pulse . A continuación,
pulse o para seleccionar el sistema de televisión (B/G
para los países de Europa occidental o D/K para los de Europa
oriental). Pulse .
3 Tras seleccionar la opción Canal, pulse y, a continuación,
pulse o para seleccionar el tipo de canal (“C” para canales
terrestres o “S” para canales por cable). Pulse . A
continuación, pulse los botones numéricos para introducir
directamente el número del canal de la emisora de televisión o
el de la señal del canal de vídeo. Si no sabe el número del canal,
pulse o para buscarlo. Cuando encuentre el canal que
desea memorizar pulse dos veces.
Repita todos estos pasos para sintonizar y memorizar más canales.
b) Aún cuando la sintonización fina automática (AFT) está siempre
activada, también puede ajustarla de forma manual para
obtener una mejor recepción de la imagen en caso de que ésta
aparezca distorsionada.
Para ello:
Mientras esté viendo el canal (emisora de televisión) en el que
deseerealizar la sintonización fina, seleccione la opción AFT y,
a continuación, pulse . Pulse o para ajustar el nivel de
frecuencia del canal entre –15 y +15. Finalmente, pulse dos
veces para memorizarlo.
c) Omitir los números de programa que no desee para saltárselos
al seleccionarlos con los botones PROG +/–.
Para ello:
Resaltando la opción Programa, pulse PROG + o – hasta que
aparezca el número de programa que desea omitir. Cuando éste
aparezca en la pantalla, seleccione la opción Omitir y, a
continuación, pulse . Pulse o para seleccionar Sí y
finalmente, pulse dos veces para memorizarlo.
Si más adelante desea anular esta función, seleccione de nuevo “No”
en lugar de “Sí”.

14 Sistema de menús en pantalla

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Configuracíon
El menu “Configuracíon“ le permite
Configuración Configuración
Idioma/País Idioma/País modificar algunas de las
Rotación Imagen Rotación Imagen configuraciones de este televisor.
Centrado RGB: 0 Centrado RGB: 0

Sel. Confirmar Fin Sel. Confirmar Fin

Idioma/País La opción de “Idioma/País” dentro del menú “Configuración”, le


permite seleccionar el idioma en que desea que aparezcan los menús
en la pantalla. También le permite seleccionar el país donde desea
utilizar el televisor.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse y, a continuación, proceda tal y
como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización automática
del TV”, pasos 2 y 3 (ver página 8).
Rotación Imagen Debido al magnetismo terrestre, es posible que la imagen aparezca
(sólo para inclinada. En este caso, puede reajustarla utilizando la opción de
KV-21CT1E) “Rotación Imagen” dentro del menú “Configuración”.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . Pulse o ( o ) para
corregir la inclinación de la imagen y, por último, pulse para ES
almacenarla.
Centrado RGB Al conectar una fuente de señales RGB, como una “PlayStation”,
puede que sea necesario ajustar el centrado horizontal de la imagen.
En este caso, puede ajustarla utilizando la opción de “Centrado RGB”
dentro del menú “Configuración”.
Para ello:
Mientras esté viendo una señal de entrada RGB seleccione la opción
“Centrado RGB”, y pulse . A continuación pulse o para
ajustar el centrado de la imagen entre –10 y +10. Finalmente, pulse
para memorizarlo.

Sistema de menús en pantalla 15


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Teletexto
Teletexto es un servicio de información que transmiten la mayoría de las emisoras de
televisión. La página de índice del servicio de teletexto (página 100 por lo general)
proporciona información sobre cómo utilizar este servicio. Para operar dentro del teletexto,
utilice los botones del mando a distancia tal y como se indica en esta página.

Asegúrese de utilizar un canal de televisión con una señal fuerte, pues de lo contrario,
podrían producirse errores de teletexto.

Entrar en el servicio de Teletexto:


Tras seleccionar el canal (emisora de televisión) que transmita el servicio de TELETEXT
teletexto que desee ver, pulse . Index
Programme 25
News 153
Seleccionar una página de Teletexto: Sport
Weather
101
98

Introduzca los tres dígitos del número de página que desee ver, utilizando
los botones numéricos del mando a distancia.
• Si se equivoca, introduzca tres dígitos cualesquiera y, a continuación, vuelva a introducir el número
de pagina correcto.
• Si el contador de páginas no se detiene, es porque la página requerida no está disponible. En ese caso,
introduzca otro número de página.
Para comprobar el contenido de un servicio de Teletexto:
Pulse .
Seleccionar la página siguiente o anterior:
Pulse o .
Superponer teletexto con la imagen de televisión:
Mientras esté viendo teletexto, pulse . Púlselo de nuevo para salir del modo de teletexto.
Retener una página:
Algunas páginas de teletexto contienen subpáginas que van rotando automáticamente. Para
retener una subpágina, pulse . Púlselo de nuevo para cancelar la retención.
Visualizar una información oculta (p. ej.: soluciones de adivinanzas):
Pulse . Púlselo de nuevo para volver a ocultar la información.
Para ampliar la pantalla del Teletexto:
Pulse . Cada vez que pulse este botón , la pantalla del Teletexto cambiará del modo
siguiente: Aumentar la mitad superior t Aumentar la mitad inferior t Tamaño normal.
Para esperar a que aparezca una página de Teletexto mientras ve un programa de
televisión.
1 Introduzca el número de Teletexto de la página que desea consultar y, a continuación, pulse
.
2 Cuando aparezca el número de página, pulse para ver el texto.
Salir del servicio de teletexto:
Pulse .

Fastext
El servicio Fastext permite acceder a las páginas de teletexto mediante la pulsación de un
solo botón.
Estando dentro del servicio de teletexto y en caso de que se emitan señales de Fastext, en la
parte inferior de la pantalla aparece un menú de códigos de color que le permite acceder
directamente a una página. Para ello, pulse el botón de color correspondiente (rojo, verde,
amarillo o azul) del mando a distancia.

16 Teletexto

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Conexión de equipos opcionales
Es posible conectar al televisor una amplia gama de equipos opcionales tal y como se
muestra a continuación (los cables de conexión no se suministran).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC DVD/Vídeo
videocámara
1 2

“PlayStation”*

C Descodificador

Al conectar los auriculares, * “PlayStation” es un producto


A B
los altavoces del televisor se de Sony Computer
desconectarán Entertainment, Inc.
automáticamente. * “PlayStation” es una marca
registrada de Sony Computer ES
Entertainment, Inc.

Conexión de un vídeo:
Para conectar un vídeo, consulte el capítulo “Conexión de una antena exterior y del vídeo”. Le
aconsejamos que conecte el vídeo utilizando un cable de Euroconector. Si no utiliza este cable,
tendrá que sintonizar manualmente el canal de la señal de vídeo mediante el menú de “Sintonía
Manual” (para ello, consulte el apartado a) de la página 14). Consulte también el manual de
instrucciones de su vídeo para ver cómo conseguir el canal de la señal de vídeo.

Manejo de los equipos opcionales


1 Conecte el equipo opcional al conector adecuado del televisor tal y como se indica arriba.
2 Encienda el equipo conectado.
3 Para ver la imagen del equipo conectado, pulse repetidamente el botón hasta que
aparezca en la pantalla el símbolo correcto de entrada.
Símbolo Señales de entrada
1 • Señal de entrada de audio/vídeo mediante el Euroconector C

1 • Señal de entrada RGB mediante el Euroconector C. Este símbolo sólo


aparece si ha conectado una entrada RGB.
2 • Señal de entrada de vídeo a través del conector RCA A y señal de
entrada de audio a través de B.
4 Para recuperar la imagen normal de televisión, pulse el botón del mando a distancia.

Información complementaria 17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Especificaciones
El sistema de recepción de señales de estos televisores, cumplen la normativa requerida por la
ley española del Real Decreto 1160/89.
Sistema de TV: Salida de sonido:
Dependiendo del país que haya seleccionado: 1 x 6 W (potencia musical)
B/G/H, D/K 1 x 3 W (RMS)
Sistema de color: Consumo de energía:
PAL, SECAM • KV-21CT1E: 56 W
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (sólo entrada de vídeo) • KV-14CT1E: 50 W
Cobertura de canales: Consumo de energía en modo de
VHF: E2-E12 desconexión temporal (standby):
UHF: E21-E69 <1W
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41 Dimensiones (an x al x prf):
D/K: R1-R12, R21-R69 • KV-21CT1E: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1E: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Tubo de imagen:
Pantalla Plana FD Trinitron Peso:
• KV-21CT1E: Approx. 24 kg
Terminales posteriores: • KV-14CT1E: Approx. 11 kg
i1/ Euroconector de 21 pins (norma
CENELEC) incluidas entrada de Accesorios suministrados:
audio/vídeo, entrada RGB, 1 Mando a distancia (RM-W100)
salida de audio/vídeo de TV. 2 Pilas de norma IEC.
1 Antena telescópica (sólo para KV-14CT1E)
Terminales frontales:
t2 entrada de vídeo – conector RCA Otras características:
2 entrada de audio – conector RCA • Teletexto, Fastext, TOPtext.
toma para auriculares • Desconexión automática.
• Conexión automática.

Diseñi y especificaciones sujetos a cambios sin previo aviso.


Paper Ecológico - Libre de cloro

18 Información complementaria

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Solución de problemas
A continuación se ofrecen algunas soluciones sencillas para resolver problemas
relacionados con la imagen y el sonido.

Problema Solución
Ausencia de imagen (la pantalla • Compruebe la conexión de la antena.
aparece oscura) y sin sonido. • Enchufe el televisor y pulse el botón ! de la parte
frontal del aparato.
• Si el indicador 1 del televisor está encendido, pulse
el botón &/1 del mando a distancia.
La imagen es deficiente o inexistente • Mediante el sistema de menús, entre en el menú de
pero la calidad de sonido es buena. “Ajuste de la Imagen” y seleccione “Preestablecido”
para recuperar los ajustes de fábrica (ver página 10).
Ausencia de imagen o del menú de • Asegúrese que ha encendido el equipo opcional y
información del equipo opcional pulse varias veces el botón del mando a distancia
conectado al Euroconector de la hasta que el símbolo de entrada correcto aparezca en
parte posterior del televisor. la pantalla (ver página 17).
Buena calidad de imagen pero no • Pulse el botón + del mando a distancia.
hay sonido. • Compruebe que los auriculares están desconectados.
Los programas en color no se ven en • Mediante el sistema de menús, entre en el menú de
color. “Ajuste de la Imagen” y seleccione “Preestablecido”
para recuperar los ajustes de fábrica (ver página 10). ES
La imagen aparece distorsionada al • Apague el equipo conectado al Euroconector de 21
cambiar de programa o al pins de la parte posterior del televisor.
seleccionar el teletexto.
Caracteres erróneos en las páginas • Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción
de teletexto. “Idioma/País” y seleccione el país en el cual está
operando el televisor (ver página 15).
La imagen aparece inclinada. • Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción
(sólo para KV-21CT1E) “Rotación Imagen” dentro del menú de
“Configuración” y corrija la inclinación
(ver página 15).
Imagen con ruido. • Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción
“AFT” dentro del menú de “Sintonía Manual” y
ajuste la sintonización manualmente para obtener
una mejor recepción de la imagen (ver página 14).
• Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción
“Imagen inteligente” dentro del menú de “Imagen” y
seleccione “Si” para atenuar el ruido de imagen
(ver página 10).
El mando a distancia no funciona. • Cambie las pilas.
El indicador de modo de espera 1 • Póngase en contacto con el servicio técnico de Sony
parpadeará en rojo en el televisor. más cercano.

En caso de averías, haga que personal especializado examine el televisor.


No abra nunca el aparato.

Información complementaria 19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4-093-927-52(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual GB

KV-21CT1U
KV-14CT1U
© 2003 Sony Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


NOTICE FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM
A moulded plug complying with BS1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and
convenience.
Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5 AMP fuse approved by ASTA or
BSI to BS 1362 (i.e. marked with or ) must be used.
When an alternative type of plug is used it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the
circuit should be protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.
If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse
cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose
the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service centre.

How to replace the fuse


Open the fuse compartment with a blade screwdriver, and replace the fuse.

• IMPORTANT
If the plug supplied is not suitable for the socket outlets in your home, it should be cut off and
an appropriate plug fitted in accordance with the following instructions:
The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
Blue Neutral
Brown Live
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the
coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the
letter N or coloured black. The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red. Do not connect either wire to the
earth terminal in the plug which is marked by the letter E or by the safety earth symbol
or coloured green or green and yellow.

WARNING
• To prevent shock hazard, do not insert the plug cut off from the mains lead into a socket outlet.
This plug cannot be used and should be destroyed.

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.

• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the set. Do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing
to qualified personnel only.

2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.
Symbols used in the manual:
• Important information. • Shaded buttons on the remote
control show you the buttons you
• Information on a feature.
have to press to follow the sequence
• 1,2...Sequence of instructions. of the instructions.
• Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Notice for Customers in the United Kingdom ................................................................................... 2
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4
Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6
GB
Installation
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1U) ........................................................................ 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7
First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8
Menu System
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15
Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19
Television Channel Number Guide for United Kingdom .............................................................. 20

Table of Contents 3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Safety Information

Never push objects of any kind


This set is to operate on a 220- For environmental and safety into the set as this could result in
240V AC supply only. Take care reasons, it is recommended that a fire or electric shock. Never
not to connect too many the TV set is not left in standby spill liquid of any kind on the
appliances to the same power mode when not in use. set. If any liquid or solid object
socket as this could result in fire Disconnect from the mains. does fall through, do not operate
or electric shock. the TV. Have it checked immedi-
ately by qualified personnel.

Do not open the cabinet and the For your own safety, do not To prevent fire or shock hazard,
rear cover of the TV. Refer to touch any part of the TV, power do not expose the TV to rain or
qualified service personnel only. lead or aerial lead during moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not cover the ventilation Never place the TV in hot, humid To prevent fire, keep
openings of the TV. For or excessively dusty places. Do inflammable objects or naked
ventilation, leave a space of at not install the TV where it may be lights (e.g. candles) away from
least 10cm all around the set. exposed to mechanical the TV.
vibrations.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a


soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do Pull out the power lead by the Take care not to place heavy
not use any type of abrasive pad, plug. Do not pull on the power objects on the power lead as this
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder lead itself. could result in damage.
or solvent, such as alcohol or We recommend you wind any
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a excess lead around the holders
safety precaution, unplug the TV provided on the rear of the TV.
before cleaning it.

Unplug the power lead before Do not cover the ventilation


Place the TV on a secure stable moving the TV. Avoid uneven
stand. Do not allow children to openings of the TV with items
surfaces, quick steps or excessive such as curtains or newspapers,
climb on to it. Do not place the force. If the set has been dropped
TV on its side or face up. etc.
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

4 Safety Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen To temporarily switch off TV
information Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
Press to display all on-screen indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
indications. Press again to TV from standby mode.
cancel.
To save energy we recommend
Muting the sound switching off completely
Press to mute TV sound.
when TV is not in use.
Press again to restore the
After 15 minutes
sound.
without a signal and
Selecting input source without any button
Press repeatedly until the being pressed, the TV
desired input symbol of the switches automatically
source appears on the TV into standby mode.
screen. A/B
Selecting TV mode
This button only works in Press to switch off teletext or
Teletext mode. video input.
Function A/B associated to this 1 2 3 Back to the channel last
button does not work with this TV. watched
Selecting channels 4 5 6 Press to watch the last
Press to select channels. channel selected (watched for
For double-digit programme 7 8 9 at least 5 seconds).
numbers, enter the second Selecting channels
digit within 3 seconds. 0 Press to select the next or GB
or PROG previous channel.
Press -/-- and then the first Displaying the menu
and second digit. system
If you enter an incorrect first Press to display the menu on
digit, this should be corrected the TV screen. Press again to
by entering another digit (0-9) MENU remove the menu display
and then selecting -/-- button from the TV screen.
again to enter the programme Menu selection
number of your choice. Scroll Up
On timer Scroll Down
Set TV to switch on Previous menu or
automatically. selection
Sleep timer Next menu or selection
Set TV to switch off Confirm your selection
automatically. Selecting Teletext
This button does not work TV Press to switch on teletext.
on this set. Selecting screen format
Adjusting TV volume Press to view programmes in
Press to adjust the volume of 16:9 mode. Press again to
the TV. return to 4:3 mode.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.

Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for Teletext
operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction manual (see page 16).

Overview 5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting Volume Programme Up or


the menu Input control Down buttons
system source buttons (selects TV
channels)

Video Input Audio Input Headphone


Lift up the door Standby On/Off jack jack jack
flap with indicator switch
mark to
reveal the
control panel.

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control


Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6 Overview-Installation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1U)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local UHF signal is strong, you can connect the
supplied loop aerial as follows:

1 Insert the loop aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the set.

3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.
GB

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR


Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT IN

Scart lead is optional.


For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).

Installation 7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) search and store all available
channels (TV Broadcast), 3) change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear
on the screen and 4) adjust the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1U).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the (Set Up) or (Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240V AC, 50Hz).


Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language, Language
Svenska
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus Norsk
will appear in the selected language. English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

3 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to Initial Set Up


confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all First please connect aerial

available broadcast channels for you. Do you want to start automatic


tuning?
• This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient Yes
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning No
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]
will not be completed.
• If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a
new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you Auto Tuning
to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7) No channel found
and press t. The auto tuning process will start again. Please connect aerial

OK

Confirm [t] End [MENU]

8 First Time Operation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4 After all available channels are captured and stored, the Programme Sorting
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen Programme:
01 TVE
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on 02 TVE2
the screen. 03 TV3
04 C33
a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order, Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit [MENU]
press MENU.
b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
Programme Sorting
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the Programme:
01 TVE
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press 02 TVE2
t. 03 TV3
04 C33 03 TV3
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position Select new position
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit [MENU]
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t.
3 Repeat steps b)1 and b)2 if you wish to change the order of
the other channels.

5 The following option is only available for KV-21CT1U.


Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it Picture Rotation

is necessary. [– 2] [2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End [MENU]


a) If it is not necessary, press t.
GB
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the
picture. Finally press t to store.

• To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU, and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.

Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation 9


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press or .


• To enter to the selected menu or option, press .
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press / / or .
• To confirm and store your selection, press .

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture
The “Picture” menu allows you to
Picture Picture
Mode: Live Mode: Live alter the picture adjustments.
Picture Adjustment Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture: On Intelligent Picture: On To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End
or repeatedly to adjust it and
finally press to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).


Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).

Picture Contrast Press or to reduce picture contrast.


Adjustment Press or to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness Press or to darken the picture.


Press or to brighten the picture.

Colour Press or to decrease colour intensity.


Press or to increase colour intensity.

10 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Hue Press or to decrease the green tones.
Press or to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Sharpness Press or to soften the picture.


Press or to sharpen the picture.

Reset Select to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.


Intelligent On/Off Select to optimize the picture quality.
Picture E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
The “Sound” menu allows you to
Sound Sound
Auto Volume: Off Auto Volume: Off
alter the sound adjustments.

GB
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto Volume On/Off


Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System 11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Timer
The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
Timer Timer
Sleep Timer: Off Sleep Timer: Off the timer adjustments.
On Timer: Off On Timer: Off

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Sleep Timer The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour and 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.

• While watching the TV, you can press the button on


the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.

On Timer The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.

• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber


to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Channel Set Up
The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
Channel Set Up Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning Auto Tuning you to preset channels on this TV.
Programme Sorting Programme Sorting
Programme Labels Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset Manual Programme Preset

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto Tuning The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Programme The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
Sorting allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in step 4b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9). GB
Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
1 After selecting the option, press . Press or to select the
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press .
2 Press . With the first element of the label column
highlighted, press or to select a letter or number (select
“_” for a blank), then press to confirm this character. Select
the other four characters in the same way. Finally press to
store.

continued...

Menu System 13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Manual The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
Programme menu allows you to:
Preset a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
2 After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press the
number buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.
b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press or to
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the
programme you want to skip appears on the screen, select the
Skip option and press . Next press or to select Yes.
Finally press twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Set Up
The “Set Up” menu allows you to
Set Up Set Up
Language Language alter various options on this TV.
Picture Rotation Picture Rotation
RGB Centring: 0 RGB Centring: 0

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Language The “Language” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to select the
language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 of the section “Switching On the TV and Automatically
Tuning” (see page 8).
Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
(only for you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
KV-21CT1U) Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press or ( or ) to correct
any slant of the picture. Finally press to store.
RGB Centring When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may GB
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press or to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press to confirm and store.

Menu System 15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.

Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.

To switch on Teletext:
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to TELETEXT
view, press . Index
Programme 25
News 153
Sport 101
To select a Teletext page: Weather 98

Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.
To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press .
To access the next or preceding page:
Press or .
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press . Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.
To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press . Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press . Each time you press , the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press .
2 When the page number is displayed, press to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press .

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16 Teletext

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC DVD/VCR
camcorder
1 2

“PlayStation”*

C decoder

When you connect the * “PlayStation” is a product


A B
headphones, the TV of Sony Computer
speakers will Entertainment, Inc.
automatically be muted * “PlayStation” is a trademark
of Sony Computer GB
Entertainment, Inc.

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment


1 Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
2 Switch on the connected equipment.
3 To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press repeatedly until the correct
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol Input Signals
1 • Audio / video input signal through the Scart connector C
1 • RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.
2 • Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.

4 Press button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information 17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Specifications
TV system: Sound Output:
I 1 x 6 W (music power)
Colour system: 1 x 3 W (RMS)
PAL, SECAM Power Consumption:
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In) • KV-21CT1U: 56 W
• KV-14CT1U: 50 W
Channel Coverage:
UHF B21-B69 Standby Power Consumption:
<1W
Picture Tube:
Flat Display FD Trinitron Dimensions (w x h x d):
Rear Terminals • KV-21CT1U: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1U: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
i1/ 21-pin Scart connector
(CENELEC standard) including Weight:
audio/video input, RGB input, • KV-21CT1U: Approx. 24 kg
TV audio/video output. • KV-14CT1U: Approx. 11 kg
Front Terminals Accessories supplied:
t2 video input – phono jack 1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
2 audio input – phono jack 2 Batteries (IEC designated)
headphone jack 1 Loop aerial (only for KV-14CT1U)
Other features:
• Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
• Sleep Timer
• On Timer

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.


Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18 Additional Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.

Problem Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no • Check the aerial connection.


sound. • Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.
Poor or no picture (screen is dark), • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
but good sound. Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).
No picture or no menu information • Check that the optional equipment is on and press
from equipment connected to the repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
Scart connector. input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).
Good picture, no sound. • Press the + button on the remote control.
• Check that the headphones are not connected.
No colour on colour programmes. • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to
factory settings (see page 10). GB
Distorted picture when changing • Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
programmes or selecting teletext. connector on the rear of the TV.
Picture slanted • Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
(only for KV-21CT1U). option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).
Noisy picture when viewing a TV • Using the menu system, select the “Manual
channel. Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).
Remote control does not function. • Replace the batteries.
The standby indicator 1 on the TV • Contact your nearest Sony service centre.
flashes red.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information 19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Television Channel Number Guide for United Kingdom
Only the main transmitters are listed. Information regarding the regional sub-relay channel
numbers can be obtained by contacting The BBC Engineering Information Dept., Telephone
Number 020 7852 5040.

20 Additional Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-21CT1U

Sony España, S.A.


Printed in Spain

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4-093-927-62(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual GB

Инструкции за експлоатация BG

Návod k obsluze CZ

Kezelési útmutató HU

Instrukcja obsługi PL

Инструкция по эксплуатации RU
Návod na obsluhu SK

KV-21CT1K
KV-14CT1K
© 2003 Sony Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.
Symbols used in the manual:
• Important information. • Shaded buttons on the remote control
show you the buttons you have to
• Information on a feature.
press to follow the sequence of the
• 1,2...Sequence of instructions. instructions.
• Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4
Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6
Installation GB
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)......................................................................... 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7
First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8
Menu system
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15
Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19

Table of Contents 3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Safety Information

Never push objects of any kind


This set is to operate on a 220- For environmental and safety into the set as this could result in
240V AC supply only. Take care reasons, it is recommended that a fire or electric shock. Never
not to connect too many the TV set is not left in standby spill liquid of any kind on the
appliances to the same power mode when not in use. set. If any liquid or solid object
socket as this could result in fire Disconnect from the mains. does fall through, do not operate
or electric shock. the TV. Have it checked immedi-
ately by qualified personnel.

Do not open the cabinet and the For your own safety, do not To prevent fire or shock hazard,
rear cover of the TV. Refer to touch any part of the TV, power do not expose the TV to rain or
qualified service personnel only. lead or aerial lead during moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not cover the ventilation Never place the TV in hot, humid To prevent fire, keep
openings of the TV. For or excessively dusty places. Do inflammable objects or naked
ventilation, leave a space of at not install the TV where it may lights (e.g. candles) away from
least 10cm all around the set. be exposed to mechanical the TV.
vibrations.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a


soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do Pull out the power lead by the Take care not to place heavy
not use any type of abrasive pad, plug. Do not pull on the power objects on the power lead as this
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder lead itself. could result in damage.
or solvent, such as alcohol or We recommend you wind any
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a excess lead around the holders
safety precaution, unplug the TV provided on the rear of the TV.
before cleaning it.

Place the TV on a secure stable Unplug the power lead before Do not cover the ventilation
stand. Do not allow children to moving the TV. Avoid uneven openings of the TV with items
climb on to it. Do not place the surfaces, quick steps or excessive such as curtains or newspapers,
TV on its side or face up. force. If the set has been dropped etc.
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

4 Safety Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen
To temporarily switch off TV
information
Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
Press to display all on-screen
indications. Press again to indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
cancel. TV from standby mode.
Muting the sound To save energy we recommend
Press to mute TV sound. switching off completely
Press again to restore the when TV is not in use.
sound. After 15 minutes
Selecting input source without a signal and
Press repeatedly until the without any button
desired input symbol of the being pressed, the TV
source appears on the TV switches automatically
screen. into standby mode.
A/B
This button only works in Selecting TV mode
Teletext mode. Press to switch off teletext or
Function A/B associated to this video input.
button does not work with this TV.
1 2 3 Back to the channel last
Selecting channels watched
Press to select channels.
4 5 6 Press to watch the last
For double-digit programme channel selected (watched for
numbers, enter the second 7 8 9 at least 5 seconds).
digit within 3 seconds. Selecting channels
0 Press to select the next or GB
or PROG previous channel.
Press -/-- and then the first Displaying the menu
and second digit. system
If you enter an incorrect first Press to display the menu on
digit, this should be corrected the TV screen. Press again to
by entering another digit (0-9)
MENU remove the menu display
and then selecting -/-- button
again to enter the programme from the TV screen.
number of your choice. Menu selection
On timer Scroll Up
Set TV to switch on Scroll Down
automatically. Previous menu or
Sleep timer selection
Set TV to switch off Next menu or selection
automatically. Confirm your selection
This button does not work Selecting Teletext
on this set. TV Press to switch on teletext.
Adjusting TV volume Selecting screen format
Press to adjust the volume Press to view programmes in
of the TV. 16:9 mode. Press again to
This button only works in return to 4:3 mode.
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.
Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for
Teletext operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction
manual (see page 16).

Overview 5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting Volume Programme Up or


the menu Input control Down buttons
system source buttons (selects TV
channels)

Video Input Audio Input Headphone


Standby On/Off jack jack jack
Lift up the door
flap with indicator switch
mark to reveal
the control
panel.

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control


Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6 Overview-Installation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local VHF/UHF signal is strong, you can connect
the supplied indoor aerial as follows:

1 Insert the aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the
set.

GB
3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR


Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT IN

Scart lead is optional.


For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).

Installation 7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) choose the country in which
you wish to operate the TV, 3) search and store all available channels (TV Broadcast), 4)
change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear on the screen and 5) adjust
the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1K).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the (Set Up) or (Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240 V AC, 50 Hz).


Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language, Language
Svenska
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus Norsk
will appear in the selected language. English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [–2+] Confirm [t]

3 The Country menu appears automatically on the TV screen. Press Country


2 +/– button to select the country in which you will operate the Sverige
Norge
TV set, then press t to confirm your selection. –
Italia
• If the country in which you want to use the TV set does not Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Select Country
appear in the list, select “-” instead of a country. Select [–2+] Confirm [t]
• In order to avoid wrong teletext characters for Cyrillic
languages we recommend to select Russia in the case that
your own country does not appear in the list.

4 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to Initial Set Up


confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all First please connect aerial

available broadcast channels for you. Do you want to start automatic


tuning?
•This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient Yes
No
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End
will not be completed.
Auto Tuning
•If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a
No channel found
new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you
to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7) Please connect aerial

and press t. The auto tuning process will start again. OK

Confirm [t] End

8 First Time Operation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5 After all available channels are captured and stored, the Programme Sorting
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen Programme:
01 TVE
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on 02 TVE2
the screen. 03 TV3
04 C33
a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order, Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit
press MENU.
b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
Programme Sorting
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the Programme:
01 TVE
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press
02 TVE2
t. 03 TV3
04 C33 03 TV3
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position Select new position
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t. Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit

3 Repeat steps b) 1 and b) 2 if you wish to change the order of


the other channels.

6 The following option is only available for KV-21CT1K.


Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it Picture Rotation

is necessary. [– 2] [2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End


a) If it is not necessary, press t.
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the GB
picture. Finally press t to store.

•To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU, and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.

Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation 9


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press or .


• To enter to the selected menu or option, press .
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press / / or .
• To confirm and store your selection, press .

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture
The “Picture” menu allows you to
Picture Picture
Mode: Live Mode: Live alter the picture adjustments.
Picture Adjustment Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture: On Intelligent Picture: On To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End
or repeatedly to adjust it and
finally press to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).


Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).
Picture Contrast Press or to reduce picture contrast.
Adjustment Press or to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness Press or to darken the picture.


Press or to brighten the picture.

Colour Press or to decrease colour intensity.


Press or to increase colour intensity.

10 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Hue Press or to decrease the green tones.
Press or to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Sharpness Press or to soften the picture.


Press or to sharpen the picture.

Reset Select to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.

Intelligent On/Off Select to optimize the picture quality.


Picture E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
The “Sound” menu allows you to
Sound Sound
Auto Volume: Off Auto Volume: Off
alter the sound adjustments.

GB
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto On/Off
Volume Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System 11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Timer
The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
Timer Timer
Sleep Timer: Off Sleep Timer: Off the timer adjustments.
On Timer: Off On Timer: Off

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Sleep Timer The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.

• While watching the TV, you can press the button on


the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.

On Timer The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.

• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber


to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Channel Set Up
The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
Channel Set Up Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning Auto Tuning you to preset channels on this TV.
Programme Sorting Programme Sorting
Programme Labels Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset Manual Programme Preset

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto Tuning The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 4 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).
Programme The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
Sorting allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in step 5b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9).
GB

Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
1 After selecting the option, press . Press or to select the
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press .
2 Press . With the first element of the label column highlighted,
press or to select a letter or number (select “_” for a
blank), then press to confirm this character. Select the other
four characters in the same way. Finally press to store.

continued...

Menu System 13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Manual The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
Programme menu allows you to:
Preset a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
The following option is only available depending on the
country you have selected in the “Language/Country”
menu.
2 After selecting the System option, press . Press or to
select the TV Broadcast system (B/G for western European
countries or D/K for eastern European countries), then press
.
3 After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press or
to select the channel tuning (C for terrestrial channels or S
for cable channels). Next press . After that, press the number
buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.
b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press or to
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the programme
you want to skip appears on the screen, select the Skip option
and press . Next press or to select Yes. Finally press
twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Set Up
The “Set Up” menu allows you to
Set Up Set Up
Language/Country Language/Country alter various options on this TV.
Picture Rotation Picture Rotation
RGB Centring: 0 RGB Centring: 0

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Language/ The “Language/Country” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to
Country select the language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 and 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).
Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
(only for you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
KV-21CT1K) Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press or ( or ) to correct
any slant of the picture. Finally press to store.
RGB Centring When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may GB
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press or to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press to confirm and store.

Menu System 15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.

Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.

To switch on Teletext :
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to TELETEXT
view, press . Index
Programme 25
News 153
Sport 101
To select a Teletext page: Weather 98

Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.
To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press .
To access the next or preceding page:
Press or .
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press . Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.
To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press . Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press . Each time you press , the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press .
2 When the page number is displayed, press to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press .

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16 Teletext

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC DVD/VCR
camcorder 1 2

“PlayStation”*

C decoder

A B When you connect the * “PlayStation” is a product


headphones, the TV of Sony Computer
speakers will Entertainment, Inc.
automatically be muted * “PlayStation” is a trademark GB
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment


1 Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
2 Switch on the connected equipment.
3 To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press repeatedly until the correct
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol Input Signals
1 • Audio/video input signal through the Scart connector C.

1 • RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.
2 • Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.

4 Press button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information 17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Specifications
TV system: Sound Output:
Depending on your country selection: 1 x 6 W (music power)
B/G/H, D/K 1 x 3 W (RMS)
Colour system: Power Consumption:
PAL, SECAM • KV-21CT1K: 56 W
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In) • KV-14CT1K: 50 W
Channel Coverage: Standby Power Consumption:
VHF: E2-E12 <1W
UHF: E21-E69
Dimensions (w x h x d):
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41 • KV-21CT1K: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
D/K: R1-R12, R21-R69 • KV-14CT1K: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Weight:
Picture Tube:
• KV-21CT1K: Approx. 24 kg
Flat Display FD Trinitron
• KV-14CT1K: Approx. 11 kg
Rear Terminals
Accessories supplied:
i1/ 21-pin Scart connector
1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
(CENELEC standard) including
2 Batteries (IEC designated)
audio/video input, RGB input,
1 Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)
TV audio/video output.
Other features:
Front Terminals
t2 video input – phono jack • Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
2 audio input – phono jack • Sleep Timer
headphones jack • On Timer

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.


Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18 Additional Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.

Problem Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no • Check the aerial connection.


sound. • Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.
Poor or no picture (screen is dark), • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
but good sound. Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).
No picture or no menu information • Check that the optional equipment is on and press
from equipment connected to the repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
Scart connector. input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).
Good picture, no sound. • Press the + button on the remote control.
• Check that headphones are not connected.
No colour on colour programmes. • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to GB
factory settings (see page 10).
Distorted picture when changing • Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
programmes or selecting teletext. connector on the rear of the TV.
Wrong characters appear when • Using the menu system, enter the “Language/
viewing teletext. Country” option in the “Set Up” menu and select the
country in which you operate the TV set. For Cyrillic
languages, we recommend to select Russia in the case
that your own country does not appear in the list (see
page 15).
Picture slanted. • Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
(only for KV-21CT1K) option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).
Noisy picture when viewing a TV • Using the menu system, select the “Manual
channel. Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).
Remote control does not function. • Replace the batteries.
The standby indicator 1 on the TV • Contact your nearest Sony service centre.
flashes red.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information 19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4-093-927-72(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual GB

KV-21CT1B
KV-14CT1B
© 2003 Sony Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


NOTICE FOR CUSTOMERS
A moulded plug complying with BS1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and
convenience.
Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5 AMP fuse approved by ASTA or
BSI to BS 1362 (i.e. marked with or ) must be used.
When an alternative type of plug is used it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the
circuit should be protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.
If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse
cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose
the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service centre.

How to replace the fuse


Open the fuse compartment with a blade screwdriver, and replace the fuse.

• IMPORTANT
If the plug supplied is not suitable for the socket outlets in your home, it should be cut off and
an appropriate plug fitted in accordance with the following instructions:
The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
Blue Neutral
Brown Live
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the
coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the
letter N or coloured black. The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red. Do not connect either wire to the
earth terminal in the plug which is marked by the letter E or by the safety earth symbol
or coloured green or green and yellow.

WARNING
• To prevent shock hazard, do not insert the plug cut off from the mains lead into a socket outlet.
This plug cannot be used and should be destroyed.

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.

• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the set. Do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing
to qualified personnel only.

2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.
Symbols used in the manual:
• Important information • Shaded buttons on the remote control
show you the buttons you have to
• Information on a feature.
press to follow the sequence of the
• 1,2...Sequence of instructions. instructions.
• Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Notice for Customers ............................................................................................................................. 2
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4
Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6
GB
Installation
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B) ......................................................................... 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7
First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8
Menu System
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15
Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19

Table of Contents 3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Safety Information

Never push objects of any kind


This set is to operate on a 220- For environmental and safety into the set as this could result in
240V AC supply only. Take care reasons, it is recommended that a fire or electric shock. Never
not to connect too many the TV set is not left in standby spill liquid of any kind on the
appliances to the same power mode when not in use. set. If any liquid or solid object
socket as this could result in fire Disconnect from the mains. does fall through, do not operate
or electric shock. the TV. Have it checked immedi-
ately by qualified personnel.

Do not open the cabinet and the For your own safety, do not To prevent fire or shock hazard,
rear cover of the TV. Refer to touch any part of the TV, power do not expose the TV to rain or
qualified service personnel only. lead or aerial lead during moisture.
lightning storms.

Do not cover the ventilation Never place the TV in hot, humid To prevent fire, keep
openings of the TV. For or excessively dusty places. Do inflammable objects or naked
ventilation, leave a space of at not install the TV where it may be lights (e.g. candles) away from
least 10cm all around the set. exposed to mechanical the TV.
vibrations.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a


soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do Pull out the power lead by the Take care not to place heavy
not use any type of abrasive pad, plug. Do not pull on the power objects on the power lead as this
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder lead itself. could result in damage.
or solvent, such as alcohol or We recommend you wind any
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a excess lead around the holders
safety precaution, unplug the TV provided on the rear of the TV.
before cleaning it.

Place the TV on a secure stable Unplug the power lead before Do not cover the ventilation
stand. Do not allow children to moving the TV. Avoid uneven openings of the TV with items
climb on to it. Do not place the surfaces, quick steps or excessive such as curtains or newspapers,
TV on its side or face up. force. If the set has been dropped etc.
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

4 Safety Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen
To temporarily switch off TV
information
Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
Press to display all on-screen
indications. Press again to indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
cancel. TV from standby mode.
Muting the sound To save energy we recommend
Press to mute TV sound. switching off completely
Press again to restore the when TV is not in use.
sound. After 15 minutes
Selecting input source without a signal and
Press repeatedly until the without any button
desired input symbol of the being pressed, the TV
source appears on the TV switches automatically
screen. into standby mode.
A/B
This button only works in Selecting TV mode
Teletext mode. Press to switch off teletext or
Function A/B associated to this video input.
button does not work with this TV.
1 2 3 Back to the channel last
Selecting channels watched
Press to select channels.
4 5 6 Press to watch the last
For double-digit programme channel selected (watched for
numbers, enter the second 7 8 9 at least 5 seconds).
digit within 3 seconds. Selecting channels
0 Press to select the next or GB
or PROG previous channel.
Press -/-- and then the first Displaying the menu
and second digit. system
If you enter an incorrect first Press to display the menu on
digit, this should be corrected the TV screen. Press again to
by entering another digit (0-9)
MENU remove the menu display
and then selecting -/-- button
again to enter the programme from the TV screen.
number of your choice. Menu selection
On timer Scroll Up
Set TV to switch on Scroll Down
automatically. Previous menu or selection
Sleep timer Next menu or selection
Set TV to switch off Confirm your selection
automatically. Selecting Teletext
This button does not work Press to switch on teletext.
on this set. TV Selecting screen format
Adjusting TV volume Press to view programmes in
Press to adjust the volume 16:9 mode. Press again to
of the TV. return to 4:3 mode.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.
Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for
Teletext operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction
manual (see page 16).

Overview 5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting Volume Programme Up or


the menu Input control Down buttons
system source buttons (selects TV
channels)

Video Input Audio Input Headphone


Lift up the door Standby On/Off jack jack jack
flap with indicator switch
mark to reveal
the control
panel.

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control


Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6 Overview-Installation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local VHF/UHF signal is strong, you can connect
the supplied indoor aerial as follows:

1 Insert the aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the
set.

GB
3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR


Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT IN

Scart lead is optional.


For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).

Installation 7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) choose the country in which
you wish to operate the TV, 3) search and store all available channels (TV Broadcast), 4)
change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear on the screen and 5) adjust
the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1B).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the (Set Up) or (Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240 V AC, 50 Hz).


Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language, Language
Svenska
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus Norsk
will appear in the selected language. English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

3 The Country menu appears automatically on the TV screen. Press Country


2 +/– button to select the country in which you will operate the Sverige
Norge
TV set, then press t to confirm your selection. –
Italia
• If the country in which you want to use the TV set does not Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Select Country
appear in the list, select “-” instead of a country. Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]
• In order to avoid wrong teletext characters for Cyrillic
languages we recommend to select Russia in the case that
your own country does not appear in the list.

4 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to Initial Set Up


confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all First please connect aerial

available broadcast channels for you. Do you want to start automatic


tuning?
•This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient Yes
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning No
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End
will not be completed.
•If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a Auto Tuning

new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you No channel found

to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7) Please connect aerial
and press t. The auto tuning process will start again. OK

Confirm [t] End

8 First Time Operation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5 After all available channels are captured and stored, the Programme Sorting
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen Programme:
01 TVE
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on 02 TVE2
the screen. 03 TV3
04 C33
a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order, Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit
press MENU.
b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
Programme Sorting
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the Programme:
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press 01 TVE
02 TVE2
t. 03 TV3
04 C33 03 TV3
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position Select new position
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t. Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit

3 Repeat steps b) 1 and b) 2 if you wish to change the order of


the other channels.

6 The following option is only available for KV-21CT1B.


Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it Picture Rotation

is necessary. [– 2] [2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End


a) If it is not necessary, press t. GB
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the
picture. Finally press t to store.

• To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU, and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.

Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation 9


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press or .


• To enter to the selected menu or option, press .
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press / / or .
• To confirm and store your selection, press .

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture
The “Picture” menu allows you to
Picture Picture
Mode: Live Mode: Live alter the picture adjustments.
Picture Adjustment Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture: On Intelligent Picture: On To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End
or repeatedly to adjust it and
finally press to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).


Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).

Picture Contrast Press or to reduce picture contrast.


Adjustment Press or to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness Press or to darken the picture.


Press or to brighten the picture.

Colour Press or to decrease colour intensity.


Press or to increase colour intensity.

10 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Hue Press or to decrease the green tones.
Press or to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Sharpness Press or to soften the picture.


Press or to sharpen the picture.

Reset Select to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.

Intelligent On/Off Select to optimize the picture quality.


Picture E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
The “Sound” menu allows you to
Sound Sound
Auto Volume: Off Auto Volume: Off
alter the sound adjustments.

GB
Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto On/Off
Volume Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System 11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Timer
The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
Timer Timer
Sleep Timer: Off Sleep Timer: Off the timer adjustments.
On Timer: Off On Timer: Off

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Sleep Timer The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.

• While watching the TV, you can press the button on


the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.
On Timer The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press or to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.

• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber


to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Channel Set Up
The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
Channel Set Up Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning Auto Tuning you to preset channels on this TV.
Programme Sorting Programme Sorting
Programme Labels Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset Manual Programme Preset

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Auto Tuning The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 4 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Programme The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
Sorting allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same
way as in step 5b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9). GB
Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
1 After selecting the option, press . Press or to select the
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press .
2 Press . With the first element of the label column
highlighted, press or to select a letter or number (select
“_” for a blank), then press to confirm this character. Select
the other four characters in the same way. Finally press to
store.

continued...

Menu System 13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Manual The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
Programme menu allows you to:
Preset a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
The following option is only available depending on the
country you have selected in the “Language/Country”
menu.
2 After selecting the System option, press . Press or to
select the TV Broadcast system (B/G for western European
countries, L for France, I for United Kingdom or D/K for
eastern European countries), then press .
3 After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press or
to select the channel tuning (C for terrestrial channels or S
for cable channels). Next press . After that, press the number
buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.
b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press or to
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the
programme you want to skip appears on the screen, select the
Skip option and press . Next press or to select Yes.
Finally press twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14 Menu System

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Set Up
The “Set Up” menu allows you to
Set Up Set Up
Language/Country Language/Country alter various options on this TV.
Picture Rotation Picture Rotation
RGB Centring: 0 RGB Centring: 0

Select Confirm End Select Confirm End

Language/ The “Language/Country” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to
Country select the language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 and 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).
Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
(only for you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
KV-21CT1B) Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press or ( or ) to correct
any slant of the picture. Finally press to store.
RGB Centring When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may GB
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press or to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press to confirm and store.

Menu System 15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.

Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.

To switch on Teletext:
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to TELETEXT
view, press . Index
Programme 25
News 153
Sport 101
To select a Teletext page: Weather 98

Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.
To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press .
To access the next or preceding page:
Press or .
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press . Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.
To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press . Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press . Each time you press , the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press .
2 When the page number is displayed, press to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press .

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16 Teletext

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC DVD/VCR
camcorder
1 2

“PlayStation”*

C decoder

When you connect the * “PlayStation” is a product


A B headphones, the TV of Sony Computer
speakers will Entertainment, Inc.
automatically be muted * “PlayStation” is a trademark
of Sony Computer
GB
Entertainment, Inc.

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment


1 Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
2 Switch on the connected equipment.
3 To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press repeatedly until the correct
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol Input Signals
1 • Audio / video input signal through the Scart connector C
1 • RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.
2 • Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.

4 Press button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information 17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Specifications
TV system: Sound Output:
Depending on your country selection: 1 x 6 W (music power)
B/G/H, L, I, D/K 1 x 3 W (RMS)
Colour system: Power Consumption:
PAL, SECAM • KV-21CT1B: 56 W
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In) • KV-14CT1B: 50 W
Channel Coverage: Standby Power Consumption:
VHF: E2-E12 <1W
UHF: E21-E69
Dimensions (w x h x d):
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41 • KV-21CT1B: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
L: F2-F10, B-Q, F21-F69 • KV-14CT1B: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
I: UHF B21-B69 Weight:
D/K: R1-R12, R21-R69 • KV-21CT1B: Approx. 24 kg
Picture Tube: • KV-14CT1B: Approx. 11 kg
Flat Display FD Trinitron Accessories supplied:
Rear Terminals 1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
2 Batteries (IEC designated)
i1/ 21-pin Scart connector
1 Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B)
(CENELEC standard) including
audio/video input, RGB input, Other features:
TV audio/video output. • Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
Front Terminals • Sleep Timer
t2 video input – phono jack • On Timer
2 audio input – phono jack
headphones jack

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.


Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18 Additional Information

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.

Problem Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no • Check the aerial connection.


sound. • Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.
Poor or no picture (screen is dark), • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
but good sound. Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).
No picture or no menu information • Check that the optional equipment is on and press
from equipment connected to the repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
Scart connector. input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).
Good picture, no sound. • Press the + button on the remote control.
• Check that headphones are not connected.
No colour on colour programmes. • Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to
factory settings (see page 10). GB
Distorted picture when changing • Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
programmes or selecting teletext. connector on the rear of the TV.
Wrong characters appear when • Using the menu system, enter the “Language/
viewing teletext. Country” option in the “Set Up” menu and select the
country in which you operate the TV set. For Cyrillic
languages, we recommend to select Russia in the case
that your own country does not appear in the list (see
page 15).
Picture slanted • Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
(only for KV-21CT1B). option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).
Noisy picture when viewing a TV • Using the menu system, select the “Manual
channel. Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).
Remote control does not function. • Replace the batteries.
The standby indicator 1 on the TV • Contact your nearest Sony service centre.
flashes red.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information 19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
KV-21CT1B

Sony España, S.A.


Printed in Spain

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You might also like